FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE 802.11n Wireless LAN (WLAN) PCI Express Network Interface Controller

User Guide Product notice Software terms This guide describes features that are common to most models. Some features may not be available on your computer. Not all features are available in all editions of Windows. This computer may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware, drivers and/or software to take full advantage of Windows functionality. Go to http://www.microsoft.com for details. To obtain the latest information in this guide, contact support. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/go/contactHP. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/

wwcontact_us.html. By installing, copying, downloading, or otherwise using any software product preinstalled on this computer, you agree to be bound by the terms of the HP End User License Agreement (EULA). If you do not accept these license terms, your sole remedy is to return the entire unused product (hardware and software) within 14 days for a full refund subject to the refund policy of your seller. For any further information or to request a full refund of the price of the computer, please contact your seller. Copyright 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: February 2014 Document Part Number: 753647-001 Copyright 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950). iii iv Safety warning notice Table of contents 1 Starting right ...................................................................................................................................................... 1 Visit the HP Apps Store ........................................................................................................................ 1 Best practices ....................................................................................................................................... 1 Fun things to do .................................................................................................................................... 1 More HP resources .............................................................................................................................. 3 2 Getting to know your computer ......................................................................................................................... 5 Finding your hardware and software information ................................................................................. 5 Locating hardware ............................................................................................................... 5 Locating software ................................................................................................................. 5 Right side ............................................................................................................................................. 6 Left side ................................................................................................................................................ 7 Display .................................................................................................................................................. 9 Changing your notebook to an entertainment stand .......................................................... 10 Changing your notebook to a tablet ................................................................................... 10 Top ..................................................................................................................................................... 11 TouchPad .......................................................................................................................... 11 Lights ................................................................................................................................. 12 Speakers ............................................................................................................................ 12 Keys ................................................................................................................................... 13 Labels ................................................................................................................................................. 13 3 Connecting to a network ................................................................................................................................. 15 Connecting to a wireless network ....................................................................................................... 15 Using the wireless controls ................................................................................................ 15 Using the wireless button .................................................................................. 15 Using operating system controls ....................................................................... 16 Sharing data and drives and accessing software .............................................................. 16 Using a WLAN ................................................................................................................... 16 Using an Internet service provider .................................................................... 17 Setting up a WLAN ............................................................................................ 17 Configuring a wireless router ............................................................................ 17 Protecting your WLAN ....................................................................................... 17 Connecting to a WLAN ...................................................................................... 18 Using HP Mobile Broadband (select models only) ............................................................ 18 Inserting and removing a SIM (select models only) .......................................... 19 v Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select models only) ..................................................... 20 Connecting to a wired network ........................................................................................................... 20 Connecting to a local area network (LAN) ......................................................................... 20 4 Enjoying entertainment features ..................................................................................................................... 21 Multimedia features ............................................................................................................................ 21 Using the webcam .............................................................................................................................. 22 Using audio ........................................................................................................................................ 23 Connecting speakers ......................................................................................................... 23 Connecting headphones and microphones ....................................................................... 23 Using Beats Audio ............................................................................................................. 23 Accessing Beats Audio Control Panel ............................................................... 23 Enabling and disabling Beats Audio .................................................................. 23 Testing your audio features ............................................................................................... 23 Using video ......................................................................................................................................... 24 Connecting video devices by using an HDMI cable ........................................................... 24 Setting up HDMI audio ...................................................................................... 25 Discovering and connecting to Miracast-compatible wireless displays ............................. 25 5 Navigating the screen ..................................................................................................................................... 26 Using the TouchPad and gestures ..................................................................................................... 26 Tapping .............................................................................................................................. 27 Scrolling ............................................................................................................................. 28 2-finger pinch zoom ........................................................................................................... 28 2-finger click ....................................................................................................................... 29 Edge swipes ...................................................................................................................... 29 Right-edge swipe .............................................................................................. 29 Left-edge swipe ................................................................................................. 30 Top-edge swipe ................................................................................................. 30 Using touch screen gestures .............................................................................................................. 31 One-finger slide ................................................................................................................. 31 Tapping .............................................................................................................................. 32 Scrolling ............................................................................................................................. 32 2-finger pinch zoom ........................................................................................................... 33 Edge swipes ...................................................................................................................... 34 Right-edge swipe .............................................................................................. 34 Left-edge swipe ................................................................................................. 34 Top-edge swipe and bottom-edge swipe .......................................................... 35 Using the keyboard and mouse .......................................................................................................... 35 Using the keys ................................................................................................................... 35 Using the action keys ........................................................................................ 35 vi Using Windows shortcut keys ........................................................................... 36 Using the hot keys ............................................................................................. 37 6 Managing power ............................................................................................................................................. 38 Initiating Sleep and Hibernation ......................................................................................................... 38 Manually initiating and exiting Sleep .................................................................................. 39 Manually initiating and exiting Hibernation (select models only) ....................................... 39 Setting password protection on wakeup ............................................................................ 39 Using the power meter and power settings ........................................................................................ 40 Running on battery power .................................................................................................................. 40 Factory-sealed battery ....................................................................................................... 40 Finding battery information ................................................................................................ 40 Conserving battery power .................................................................................................. 40 Identifying low battery levels .............................................................................................. 41 Resolving a low battery level ............................................................................................. 41 Resolving a low battery level when external power is available ........................ 41 Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available ..................... 41 Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation ....... 41 Running on external AC power .......................................................................................................... 41 Troubleshooting power problems ...................................................................................... 42 HP CoolSense .................................................................................................................................... 43 Refreshing your software content with Intel Smart Connect Technology (select models only) .......... 43 Shutting down (turning off) the computer ........................................................................................... 43 7 Maintaining your computer .............................................................................................................................. 45 Improving performance ...................................................................................................................... 45 Using HP 3D DriveGuard ................................................................................................... 45 Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status ................................................................ 45 Using Disk Defragmenter ................................................................................................... 45 Using Disk Cleanup ........................................................................................................... 46 Updating programs and drivers .......................................................................................................... 46 Cleaning your computer ..................................................................................................................... 46 Cleaning procedures .......................................................................................................... 47 Cleaning the display (All-in-Ones or Notebooks) .............................................. 47 Cleaning the sides or cover ............................................................................... 47 Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse ................................................... 47 Traveling with or shipping your computer ........................................................................................... 47 8 Securing your computer and information ........................................................................................................ 49 Using passwords ................................................................................................................................ 49 vii Setting Windows passwords .............................................................................................. 50 Setting Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords ............................................................................. 50 Using Internet security software ......................................................................................................... 50 Using antivirus software ..................................................................................................... 51 Using firewall software ....................................................................................................... 51 Installing software updates ................................................................................................................. 51 Installing critical security updates ...................................................................................... 51 Installing HP and third-party software updates .................................................................. 51 Securing your wireless network .......................................................................................................... 52 Backing up your software applications and information ..................................................................... 52 Using an optional security cable lock ................................................................................................. 52 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) ............................................................ 53 Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) ............................................................................................................... 53 Updating the BIOS ............................................................................................................................. 53 Determining the BIOS version ........................................................................................... 53 Downloading a BIOS update ............................................................................................. 54 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) ...................................................................................... 54 Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device ............................... 55 10 Backing up, restoring, and recovering .......................................................................................................... 56 Creating recovery media and backups ............................................................................................... 56 Creating HP Recovery media ............................................................................................ 56 Restore and recovery ......................................................................................................................... 57 Recovering using HP Recovery Manager .......................................................................... 58 What you need to know ..................................................................................... 58 Using the HP Recovery partition (select models only) ...................................... 58 Using HP Recovery media to recover ............................................................... 59 Changing the computer boot order ................................................................... 59 Removing the HP Recovery partition ................................................................................. 59 11 Specifications ................................................................................................................................................ 60 Input power ......................................................................................................................................... 60 Operating environment ....................................................................................................................... 60 12 Electrostatic Discharge ................................................................................................................................. 61 Index ................................................................................................................................................................... 62 viii 1 Starting right This computer is a powerful tool designed to enhance your work and entertainment. Read this chapter to learn about best practices after you set up your computer, fun things to do with your computer, and where to find additional HP resources. Visit the HP Apps Store The HP Apps Store offers a wide choice of popular games, entertainment and music apps, productivity apps, and apps exclusive to HP that you can download to the Start screen. The selection is updated regularly and includes regional content and country-specific offers. Be sure to check the HP Apps Store frequently for new and updated features. IMPORTANT: You must be connected to the Internet to access the HP Apps Store. To view and download an app:

1. 2. 3. From the Start screen, select the Store app. Select HP Picks to view all the available apps. Select the app you want to download, and then follow the on-screen instructions. When the download is complete, the app appears on the All apps screen. Best practices To get the most out of your smart investment, after you set up and register the computer, we recommend the following steps:

If you havent already done so, connect to a wired or wireless network. See details in Connecting to a network on page 15. Take a minute to browse the printed Windows Basics guide to explore the new Windows features. Become familiar with the computer hardware and software. For more information, see Getting to know your computer on page 5 and Enjoying entertainment features on page 21. Update or purchase antivirus software. See Using antivirus software on page 51. Back up your hard drive by creating recovery discs or a recovery flash drive. See Backing up, restoring, and recovering on page 56. Fun things to do You know that you can watch a YouTube video on the computer. But did you know that you can also connect your computer to a TV or gaming console? For more information, see Connecting video devices by using an HDMI cable on page 24. You know that you can listen to music on the computer. But did you know that you can also stream live radio to the computer and listen to music or talk radio from all over the world? See Using audio on page 23. Visit the HP Apps Store 1 You know that you can create a powerful presentation with Microsoft applications. But did you know you can also connect to a projector to share your ideas with a group? See Connecting video devices by using an HDMI cable on page 24. Experience music the way the artist intended, with deep controlled bass and clear, pure sound. See Using Beats Audio on page 23. Use the TouchPad and the new Windows touch gestures for smooth control of images and pages of text. See Using the TouchPad and gestures on page 26. 2 Chapter 1 Starting right More HP resources You have already used Setup Instructions to turn on the computer and locate this guide. To locate resources that provide product details, how-to information, and more, use this table. Contents Overview of computer setup and features Overview of using Windows A broad range of how-to information and troubleshooting tips Online chat with an HP technician Email support Support telephone numbers HP service center locations Proper workstation setup Guidelines for posture and work habits that increase your comfort and decrease your risk of injury Electrical and mechanical safety information Important regulatory notices, including proper battery disposal information Specific warranty information about this computer Resource Setup Instructions Windows Basics guide Help and Support To access Help and Support, from the Start screen, type help, and then from the Search window, select Help and Support. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/go/contactHP. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/

wwcontact_us.html. Worldwide support To get support in your language, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/

wwcontact_us.html. Safety & Comfort Guide To access this guide:

1. 2. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Select My computer, and then select User guides. or Go to http://www.hp.com/ergo. Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices To access this guide:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Limited Warranty*

To access this guide:

1. 2. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Select My computer, and then select Warranty and services. or Go to http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments.

*You can find the expressly provided HP Limited Warranty applicable to your product located with the user guides on your computer and/or on the CD/DVD provided in the box. In some countries/regions, HP may provide a printed HP Limited Warranty in the box. For countries/regions where the warranty is not provided in printed format, you may request a printed copy from http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments or write to:

North America: Hewlett-Packard, MS POD, 11311 Chinden Blvd., Boise, ID 83714, USA More HP resources 3 Resource Contents Europe, Middle East, Africa: Hewlett-Packard, POD, Via G. Di Vittorio, 9, 20063, Cernusco s/Naviglio (MI), Italy Asia Pacific: Hewlett-Packard, POD, P.O. Box 200, Alexandra Post Office, Singapore 911507 When you request a printed copy of your warranty, please include your product number, warranty period (found on your service label), name, and postal address. IMPORTANT: Do NOT return your HP product to the addresses above. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/go/

contactHP. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/wwcontact_us.html. 4 Chapter 1 Starting right 2 Getting to know your computer Finding your hardware and software information Locating hardware To find out what hardware is installed on your computer:

1. 2. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select System and Security, select System, and then click Device Manager in the left column. A list displays all the devices installed on your computer. To find out information about system hardware components and the system BIOS version number, press fn+esc. Locating software To find out what software is installed on your computer:

From the Start screen, click the down arrow in the lower-left corner of the screen. Finding your hardware and software information 5 Right side Component Description

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7) Hard drive light Blinking white: The hard drive is being accessed. Amber: HP 3D DriveGuard has temporarily parked the hard drive. NOTE: For information about HP 3D DriveGuard, see Using HP 3D DriveGuard on page 45. SIM slot (select models only) Supports a wireless subscriber identity module (SIM). Memory card reader Reads optional memory cards that store, manage, share, or access information. To insert a card:

Hold the card label-side up, with connectors facing the slot, insert the card into the slot, and then push in on the card until it is firmly seated. To remove a card:

Press in on the card it until it pops out. Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Connects an optional video or audio device, such as a high-

definition television, any compatible digital or audio component, or a high-speed HDMI device. USB 2.0 port USB 3.0 port HDMI port RJ-45 (network) jack/status lights Connects a network cable.

(8) AC adapter light White: The network is connected. Amber: Activity is occurring on the network. On: The AC adapter is connected and the battery is charged. Off: The computer is using battery power.

(9) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. 6 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Left side Component Description

(1) Security cable slot Attaches an optional security cable to the computer.

(2) Power button NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hibernation. CAUTION: Pressing and holding down the power button will result in the loss of unsaved information. If the computer has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button down for at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. To learn more about your power settings, see your power options. From the Start screen, type power, select Power and sleep settings, and then select Power and sleep from the list of applications. On: The computer is on. Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state, a power-

saving state. The computer shuts off power to the display and other unneeded components. Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. Hibernation is a power-saving state that uses the least amount of power. Power light

(3)

(4)

(5) Vent Enables airflow to cool internal components. USB 2.0 port NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Left side 7 Component

(6) Audio-out (headphone)/Audio-in

(microphone) jack Description Connects optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbuds, a headset, or a television audio cable. Also connects an optional headset microphone. This jack does not support optional microphone-only devices. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, refer to the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices. To access this guide, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. NOTE: When a device is connected to the jack, the computer speakers are disabled. NOTE: Be sure that the device cable has a 4-conductor connector that supports both audio-out (headphone) and audio-in (microphone).

(7) Volume button Controls speaker volume. To decrease speaker volume, press the edge of the button. To increase speaker volume, press the + edge of the button. 8 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Display Component Description

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6) WWAN antennas (2)* (select models only) Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with wireless wide area networks (WWAN). Webcam light Webcam Internal microphone WLAN antenna*

Internal display switch On: The webcam is in use. Records video and captures photographs. Some models allow you to video conference and chat online using streaming video. To use the webcam, from the Start screen, type camera, and then select Camera from the list of applications. Records sound. Sends and receives wireless signals to communicate with wireless local area networks (WLANs). Turns off the display and initiates Sleep if the display is closed while the power is on. NOTE: The internal display switch is not visible from the outside of the computer.

*The antennas are not visible from the outside of the computer. For optimal transmission, keep the areas immediately around the antennas free from obstructions. For wireless regulatory notices, see the section of the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices that applies to your country or region. To access this guide, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Your computer can function as a classic notebook, and in addition, the display can be rotated so that the computer transforms into an entertainment stand or a tablet. Display 9 Changing your notebook to an entertainment stand To change your notebook to an entertainment stand, raise the display, and then rotate the display backward to a stand position (about 315 degrees). Changing your notebook to a tablet To change your notebook to a tablet, raise the display, and then rotate the display backward until it is flush with the computer bottom (360 degrees). 10 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Top TouchPad Component

(1)

(2)

(3) TouchPad zone Moves the on-screen pointer and selects or activates items on the screen. Description Left TouchPad button Right TouchPad button NOTE: The TouchPad also supports edge-swipe gestures. For more information, see Edge swipes on page 29. Functions like the left button on an external mouse. Functions like the right button on an external mouse. Top 11 Lights Component Description

(1)

(2) Caps lock light Mute light On: Caps lock is on, which switches the keys to all capital letters. Amber: Computer sound is off. Off: Computer sound is on. Speakers Component Speakers (2) Description Produce sound. 12 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Keys Component

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4) Labels esc key fn key Windows key Description Displays system information when pressed in combination with the fn key. Executes frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with the b key, the spacebar, or the esc key. Returns you to the Start screen from an open app or the Windows desktop. NOTE: Pressing the Windows key again will return you to the previous screen. Action keys Execute frequently used system functions. Important system information is located on the bottom of the computer. The labels affixed to the computer provide information you may need when you troubleshoot system problems or travel internationally with the computer. Service labelProvides important information to identify your computer. When contacting support, you will probably be asked for the serial number, and possibly for the product number or the model number. Locate these numbers before you contact support. Your service label will resemble one of the examples shown below. Refer to the illustration that most closely matches the service label on your computer. Labels 13 Component

(1)

(2) Serial number Product number

(3) Warranty period

(4) Model number (select models only) Regulatory label(s)Provide(s) regulatory information about the computer. Wireless certification label(s)Provide(s) information about optional wireless devices and the approval markings for the countries or regions in which the devices have been approved for use. 14 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer 3 Connecting to a network Your computer can travel with you wherever you go. But even at home, you can explore the globe and access information from millions of websites using your computer and a wired or wireless network connection. This chapter will help you get connected to that world. Connecting to a wireless network Wireless technology transfers data across radio waves instead of wires. Your computer may be equipped with one or more of the following wireless devices:

Wireless local area network (WLAN) deviceConnects the computer to wireless local area networks (commonly referred to as Wi-Fi networks, wireless LANs, or WLANs) in corporate offices, your home, and public places such as airports, restaurants, coffee shops, hotels, and universities. In a WLAN, the mobile wireless device in your computer communicates with a wireless router or a wireless access point. HP Mobile Broadband Module (select models only)A wireless wide area network (WWAN) device that gives you wireless connectivity over a much larger area. Mobile network operators install base stations (similar to cell phone towers) throughout large geographic areas, effectively providing coverage across entire states, regions, or even countries. Bluetooth device (select models only)Creates a personal area network (PAN) to connect to other Bluetooth-enabled devices such as computers, phones, printers, headsets, speakers, and cameras. In a PAN, each device communicates directly with other devices, and devices must be relatively close togethertypically within 10 meters (approximately 33 feet) of each other. For more information about wireless technology, see the information and website links provided in Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. Using the wireless controls You can control the wireless devices in your computer using the operating system controls. For more information, see Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. Using the wireless button The computer has a wireless button and one or more wireless devices, depending on the model. All of the wireless devices on your computer are enabled at the factory, so the wireless devices are on when you turn on the computer. Because the wireless devices are enabled at the factory, you can use the wireless button to turn on or turn off the wireless devices simultaneously. Connecting to a wireless network 15 Using operating system controls The Network and Sharing Center allows you to set up a connection or network, connect to a network, and diagnose and repair network problems. To use operating system controls:

1. 2. For more information, from the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Network and Internet, and then select Network and Sharing Center. Sharing data and drives and accessing software When your computer is part of a network, you are not limited to using only the information that is stored in your computer. Network computers can exchange software and data with each other. NOTE: When a disc like a DVD movie or game is copy-protected, it cannot be shared. To share folders or content on the same network:

1. 2. From the Windows desktop, open File Explorer. From This PC, click a folder with content you want to share. Select Share from the navigation bar at the top of the window, and then click Specific people. Type a name in the File Sharing box, and then click Add. 3. 4. Click Share and then follow the on-screen instructions. To share drives on the same network:

1. From the Windows desktop, right-click the network status icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Select Open Network and Sharing Center. 2. 3. Under View your active networks, select an active network. 4. Select Change advanced sharing settings to set sharing options for privacy, network discovery, file and printer sharing or other network options. Using a WLAN With a WLAN device, you can access a wireless local area network (WLAN), which is composed of other computers and accessories that are linked by a wireless router or a wireless access point. NOTE: The terms wireless router and wireless access point are often used interchangeably. A large-scale WLAN, such as a corporate or public WLAN, typically uses wireless access points that can accommodate a large number of computers and accessories and can separate critical network functions. A home or small office WLAN typically uses a wireless router, which allows several wireless and wired computers to share an Internet connection, a printer, and files without requiring additional pieces of hardware or software. To use the WLAN device in your computer, you must connect to a WLAN infrastructure (provided through a service provider or a public or corporate network). 16 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network Using an Internet service provider When you are setting up Internet access in your home, you must establish an account with an Internet service provider (ISP). To purchase Internet service and a modem, contact a local ISP. The ISP will help set up the modem, install a network cable to connect your wireless router to the modem, and test the Internet service. NOTE: Your ISP will give you a user ID and a password to use for Internet access. Record this information and store it in a safe place. Setting up a WLAN To set up a WLAN and connect to the Internet, you need the following equipment:

A broadband modem (either DSL or cable) (1) and high-speed Internet service purchased from an Internet service provider A wireless router (2) (purchased separately) A wireless computer (3) NOTE: Some modems have a built-in wireless router. Check with your ISP to determine what type of modem you have. The illustration below shows an example of a wireless network installation that is connected to the Internet. As your network grows, additional wireless and wired computers can be connected to the network to access the Internet. For help in setting up your WLAN, see the information provided by your router manufacturer or your ISP. Configuring a wireless router For help in configuring a wireless router, see the information provided by your router manufacturer or your ISP. NOTE:

It is recommended that you initially connect your new wireless computer to the router by using the network cable provided with the router. When the computer successfully connects to the Internet, disconnect the cable, and access the Internet through your wireless network. Protecting your WLAN When you set up a WLAN or access an existing WLAN, always enable security features to protect your network from unauthorized access. WLANs in public areas (hotspots) like coffee shops and airports may not provide any security. If you are concerned about the security of your computer when connected to a hotspot, limit your network activities to email that is not confidential and basic Internet surfing. Wireless radio signals travel outside the network, so other WLAN devices can pick up unprotected signals. Take the following precautions to protect your WLAN:

Connecting to a wireless network 17 Use a firewall. A firewall checks information and requests that are sent to your network, and discards any suspicious items. Firewalls are available in both software and hardware. Some networks use a combination of both types. Use wireless encryption. Wireless encryption uses security settings to encrypt and decrypt data that is transmitted over the network. For more information, from the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. Connecting to a WLAN To connect to the WLAN, follow these steps:

1. 2. Be sure that the WLAN device is on. If the device is off, the airplane mode icon displays on the Windows desktop; press the wireless button to turn the WLAN device on. From the Start screen, point to the far-right upper or lower corner of the screen to display the charms. Select Settings, and then click the network status icon. Select your WLAN from the list. 3. 4. 5. Click Connect. If the WLAN is a security-enabled WLAN, you are prompted to enter a security code. Type the code, and then click Sign in to complete the connection. NOTE:

If no WLANs are listed, you may be out of range of a wireless router or access point. NOTE:

If you do not see the WLAN you want to connect to, from the Windows desktop, right-

click the network status icon, and then select Open Network and Sharing Center. Click Set up a new connection or network. A list of options is displayed, allowing you to manually search for and connect to a network or to create a new network connection. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the connection. 6. After the connection is made, place the mouse pointer over the network status icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, to verify the name and status of the connection. NOTE: The functional range (how far your wireless signals travel) depends on WLAN implementation, router manufacturer, and interference from other electronic devices or structural barriers such as walls and floors. Using HP Mobile Broadband (select models only) HP Mobile Broadband enables your computer to use WWANs to access the Internet from more places and over larger areas than it can by using WLANs. Using HP Mobile Broadband requires a network service provider (called a mobile network operator), which in most cases is a cellular phone network operator. Coverage for HP Mobile Broadband is similar to cellular phone voice coverage. When used with mobile network operator service, HP Mobile Broadband gives you the freedom to stay connected to the Internet, send email, or connect to your corporate network whether you are on the road or outside the range of Wi-Fi hotspots. HP supports the following technologies:

18 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network HSPA (High Speed Packet Access), which provides access to networks based on the Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) telecommunications standard. EV-DO (Evolution Data Optimized), which provides access to networks based on the code division multiple access (CDMA) telecommunications standard. LTE (Long Term Evolution), which provides access to networks supporting LTE technology. You might need the HP Mobile Broadband Module IMEI and/or MEID number to activate mobile broadband service. The serial number is printed on a label located on the bottom of your computer. Some mobile network operators require the use of a subscriber identity module (SIM). A SIM contains basic information about you, such as a personal identification number (PIN), as well as network information. If the SIM is not preinstalled, it may be provided in the HP Mobile Broadband information provided with your computer or the mobile network operator may provide it separately from the computer. For information about inserting and removing the SIM, see the Inserting and removing a SIM (select models only) on page 19 section in this chapter. For information about HP Mobile Broadband and how to activate service with a preferred mobile network operator, see the HP Mobile Broadband information included with your computer. Inserting and removing a SIM (select models only) CAUTION: To prevent damage to the connectors, use minimal force when inserting a SIM. Shut down the computer. To insert a SIM, follow these steps:

1. 2. Close the display. 3. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 4. Unplug the power cord from the AC outlet. 5. Insert the SIM into the SIM slot, and then gently push the SIM into the slot until it is firmly seated. NOTE: The SIM in your computer may look slightly different from the illustration in this section. 6. Reconnect external power. Connecting to a wireless network 19 7. Reconnect external devices. 8. To remove a SIM, press in on the SIM, and then remove it from the slot. Turn on the computer. Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select models only) A Bluetooth device provides short-range wireless communications that replace the physical cable connections that traditionally link electronic devices such as the following:

Computers (desktop, notebook, PDA) Phones (cellular, cordless, smart phone) Imaging devices (printer, camera) Audio devices (headset, speakers) Mouse Bluetooth devices provide peer-to-peer capability that allows you to set up a PAN of Bluetooth devices. For information about configuring and using Bluetooth devices, see the Bluetooth software Help. Connecting to a wired network Connecting to a local area network (LAN) Use a LAN connection if you want to connect the computer directly to a router in your home (instead of working wirelessly), or if you want to connect to an existing network at your office. Connecting to a LAN requires an 8-pin, RJ-45 (network) cable. To connect the network cable, follow these steps:

1. 2. Plug the network cable into the network jack (1) on the computer. Plug the other end of the network cable into a network wall jack (2) or router. NOTE:

interference from TV and radio reception, orient the circuitry end of the cable toward the computer. If the network cable contains noise suppression circuitry (3), which prevents 20 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network 4 Enjoying entertainment features Use your HP computer as an entertainment hub to socialize via the webcam, enjoy and manage your music, and download and watch movies. Or, to make your computer an even more powerful entertainment center, connect external devices like a monitor, projector, or TV, or speakers and headphones. Multimedia features Here are some of the entertainment features on your computer. Component

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4) Webcam light Webcam Description On: The webcam is in use. Records video and captures photographs. Some models allow you to video conference and chat online using streaming video. From the Start screen, type camera, and then select Camera from the list of applications. Internal microphone Records sound. HDMI port Connects an optional video or audio device, such as a high-definition television, any compatible digital or audio component, or a high-speed HDMI device. Multimedia features 21 Component Description

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10) USB 3.0 port USB 2.0 ports Memory card reader SIM slot (select models only) Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Connect an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Reads optional memory cards that store, manage, share, or access information. To insert a card:

Hold the card label-side up, with connectors facing the slot, insert the card into the slot, and then push in on the card until it is firmly seated. To remove a card:

Press in on the card it until it pops out. Supports a wireless subscriber identity module

(SIM). Speakers (2) Produce sound. Audio-out (headphone)/Audio-in

(microphone) jack Connects optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbuds, a headset, or a television audio cable. Also connects an optional headset microphone. This jack does not support optional microphone-only devices. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, refer to the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices. To access this guide, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. NOTE: When a device is connected to the jack, the computer speakers are disabled. NOTE: Be sure that the device cable has a 4-

conductor connector that supports both audio-out

(headphone) and audio-in (microphone). Using the webcam The computer has an integrated webcam that records video and captures photographs. Some models may allow you to video conference and chat online using streaming video. To start the webcam, from the Start screen, type camera, and then select Camera from the list of applications. For details about using the webcam, go to Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. 22 Chapter 4 Enjoying entertainment features Using audio On your computer, you can download and listen to music, stream audio content from the web

(including radio), record audio, or mix audio and video to create multimedia. To enhance your listening enjoyment, attach external audio devices such as speakers or headphones. Connecting speakers You can attach wired speakers to your computer by connecting them to a USB port or to the audio-

out (headphone)/audio-in (microphone) jack on your computer or on a docking station. To connect wireless speakers to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. To connect high-definition speakers to the computer, see Setting up HDMI audio on page 25. Before connecting speakers, lower the volume setting. Connecting headphones and microphones You can connect wired headphones or headsets to the audio-out (headphone)/audio-in (microphone) jack on your computer. Many headsets with integrated microphones are commercially available. To connect wireless headphones or headsets to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this guide, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Using Beats Audio Beats Audio is an enhanced audio feature that provides a deep, controlled bass while maintaining a clear sound. You can experience Beats Audio through the computer's internal speakers, through external speakers connected to a USB port, or through Beats Audio headphones connected to the headphone jack. Accessing Beats Audio Control Panel Use Beats Audio Control Panel to view and manually control audio and bass settings. From Start screen, type c, select Control Panel, select Hardware and Sound, and then select Beats Audio Control Panel. Enabling and disabling Beats Audio To enable or disable Beats Audio, press the fn key in combination with the b key. Testing your audio features To check the audio functions on your computer, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. When the Sound window opens, select the Sounds tab. Under Program Events, select any From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Hardware and Sound, and then select Sound. sound event, such as a beep or alarm, and then click Test. You should hear sound through the speakers or through connected headphones. Using audio 23 Save the file to your desktop. From the Start screen, type sound, and then select Sound Recorder. To check the recording functions on your computer, follow these steps:

1. 2. Click Start Recording and speak into the microphone. 3. 4. Open a multimedia program and play the recording. To confirm or change the audio settings on your computer, follow these steps:

1. 2. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Hardware and Sound, and then select Sound. Using video Your computer is a powerful video device that enables you to watch streaming video from your favorite websites and download video and movies to watch on your computer when you are not connected to a network. To enhance your viewing enjoyment, use one of the video ports on the computer to connect an external monitor, projector, or TV. Your computer has a high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI) port, which allows you to connect a high-definition monitor or TV. IMPORTANT: Be sure that the external device is connected to the correct port on the computer, using the correct cable. Check the device manufacturer's instructions. Connecting video devices by using an HDMI cable NOTE: To connect an HDMI device to your computer, you need an HDMI cable, sold separately. To see the computer screen image on a high-definition TV or monitor, connect the high-definition device according to the following instructions. 1. Connect one end of the HDMI cable to the HDMI port on the computer. 2. Connect the other end of the cable to the high-definition TV or monitor. 3. Press f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states:

24 Chapter 4 Enjoying entertainment features PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and the external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and the external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press f4, the display state changes. NOTE: For best results, especially if you choose the Extend option, adjust the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Appearance and Personalization. Under Display, select Adjust screen resolution. Setting up HDMI audio HDMI is the only video interface that supports high-definition video and audio. After you connect an HDMI TV to the computer, you can then turn on HDMI audio by following these steps:

1. From the Windows desktop, right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then select Playback devices. 2. On the Playback tab, select the name of the digital output device. 3. Click Set Default, and then click OK. To return the audio stream to the computer speakers:

1. From the Windows desktop, right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click Playback devices. 2. On the Playback tab, click Speakers. 3. Click Set Default, and then click OK. Discovering and connecting to Miracast-compatible wireless displays To discover and connect to Miracast-compatible wireless displays without leaving your current apps, follow the steps below. To open Miracast:

Swipe from the right edge of the Start screen, tap Devices, tap Project, and then follow the on-

screen instructions. or Point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the Start screen to display the charms, click Devices, click Project, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Using video 25 5 Navigating the screen You can navigate the computer screen in the following ways:

Touch gestures Keyboard and mouse Touch gestures can be used on your computer TouchPad or on a touch screen. NOTE: An external USB mouse (purchased separately) can be connected to one of the USB ports on the computer. Review the Windows Basics guide included with your computer. The guide provides information about common tasks using the TouchPad, touch screen, or the keyboard. Your computer model has special action keys or hot key functions on the keyboard to perform routine tasks. Using the TouchPad and gestures The TouchPad allows you to navigate the computer screen and control the pointer by using simple finger movements. You can customize the touch gestures by changing settings, button configurations, click speed, and pointer options. You can also view demonstrations of TouchPad gestures. From the Start screen, type control panel, select Control Panel, and then select Hardware and Sound. Under Devices and Printers, select Mouse. TIP: Use the left and right buttons on the TouchPad as you would use the corresponding buttons on an external mouse. NOTE: TouchPad gestures are not supported in all apps. 26 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen Tapping To make an on-screen selection, use the tap function on the TouchPad. Point to an item on the screen, and then tap one finger on the TouchPad zone to make a selection. Double-tap an item to open it. Using the TouchPad and gestures 27 Scrolling Scrolling is useful for moving up, down, or sideways on a page or image. Place two fingers slightly apart on the TouchPad zone and then drag them up, down, left, or right. 2-finger pinch zoom 2-finger pinch zoom allows you to zoom out or in on images or text. Zoom out by placing two fingers apart on the TouchPad zone and then moving your fingers together. Zoom in by placing two fingers together on the TouchPad zone and then moving your fingers apart. 28 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen 2-finger click 2-finger click allows you to make menu selections for an object on the screen. NOTE: Using 2-finger click is the same action as using right-click with the mouse. Place two fingers on the TouchPad zone and press down to open the options menu for the selected object. Edge swipes Edge swipes allow you to perform tasks such as changing settings and finding or using apps. Right-edge swipe The right-edge swipe reveals the charms, which let you search, share, start apps, access devices, or change settings. Swipe your finger gently from the right edge to reveal the charms. Using the TouchPad and gestures 29 Left-edge swipe The left-edge swipe accesses your recently opened apps so that you can switch between them quickly. Swipe your finger gently from the left edge of the TouchPad. Top-edge swipe The top-edge swipe displays app command options that allow you to customize apps. IMPORTANT: When an app is active, the top-edge gesture varies depending on the app. Gently swipe your gently from the top edge to reveal the app command options. 30 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen Using touch screen gestures A touch screen computer allows you to control items on the screen directly with your fingers. TIP: On touch screen computers, you can perform the gestures on the screen or on the TouchPad. You can also perform on-screen actions with the keyboard and mouse. One-finger slide The one-finger slide is mostly used to pan or scroll through lists and pages, but you can use it for other interactions, too, such as moving an object. To scroll across the screen, lightly slide one finger across the screen in the direction you want to move. NOTE: When many apps are displayed on the Start screen, you can slide your finger to move the screen left or right. To drag, press and hold an object, and then drag the object to move it. Using touch screen gestures 31 Tapping To make an on-screen selection, use the tap function. Use one finger to tap an object on the screen to make a selection. Double-tap an item to open it. Scrolling Scrolling is useful for moving the pointer up, down, left, or right on a page or image. Place two fingers on the screen and then drag them in an up, down, left, or right motion. 32 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen 2-finger pinch zoom 2-finger pinch zoom allows you to zoom out or in on images or text. Zoom out by placing two fingers apart on the screen and then moving your fingers together. Zoom in by placing two fingers together on the screen and then moving your fingers apart. Using touch screen gestures 33 Edge swipes With edge swipes you can perform tasks such as changing settings and finding or using apps. Right-edge swipe The right-edge swipe reveals the charms, which let you search, share, start apps, access devices, or change settings. Gently swipe your finger inward from the right edge of the display onto the screen to reveal the charms. Left-edge swipe The left-edge swipe reveals your open apps so that you can switch to them quickly. Gently swipe your finger inward from the left edge of the display to switch between apps. Without lifting your finger, swipe back toward the left edge to reveal all open apps. 34 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen Top-edge swipe and bottom-edge swipe The top-edge swipe or bottom-edge swipe displays app command options that allow you to customize apps. IMPORTANT: When an app is open, the top-edge gesture varies depending on the app. Gently swipe your finger from the top edge or the bottom edge to reveal the app command options. Using the keyboard and mouse The keyboard and mouse allow you to type, select items, scroll and to perform the same functions as you do using touch gestures. The keyboard also allows you to use action keys and hot keys to perform specific functions. on the keyboard allows you to quickly return to the Start screen from TIP: The Windows key an open app or the Windows desktop. Pressing the Windows key again will return you to the previous screen. NOTE: Depending on the country or region, your keyboard may have different keys and keyboard functions than those discussed in this section. Using the keys You can quickly access information or perform functions by using certain keys and key combinations. Using the action keys An action key performs an assigned function. The icon on each of the f1 through f4 keys and the f6 through f12 keys illustrates the assigned function for that key. To use an action key function, press and hold the key. CAUTION: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility (BIOS). Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. Using the keyboard and mouse 35 The action key feature is enabled at the factory. You can disable this feature in Setup Utility (BIOS). See Using Setup Utility (BIOS) and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) on page 53 for instructions on opening Setup Utility (BIOS), and then follow the instructions at the bottom of the screen. After you have disabled the action key feature, you can still perform each function by pressing the fn key in combination with the appropriate action key. Icon Key f1 f2 f3 f4 f6 f7 f8 f9 f10 f11 f12 Description Opens Help and Support, which provides tutorials, information about the Windows operating system and your computer, answers to questions, and updates to your computer. Help and Support also provides automated troubleshooting tools and access to support. Decreases the screen brightness incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Increases the screen brightness incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Switches the screen image between display devices connected to the system. For example, if a monitor is connected to the computer, repeatedly pressing this key alternates the screen image from the computer display to the monitor display to a simultaneous display on both the computer and the monitor. Mutes or restores speaker sound. Decreases speaker volume incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Increases speaker volume incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Plays the previous track of an audio CD or the previous section of a DVD or a BD. Begins, pauses, or resumes playback of an audio CD, a DVD, or a BD. Plays the next track of an audio CD or the next section of a DVD or a BD. Turns the wireless feature on or off. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up before a wireless connection is possible. Using Windows shortcut keys Windows provides shortcuts so that you can perform actions quickly. Press the Windows key alone or in combination with a specific key to perform a designated action. For commonly used shortcuts, use the Windows Basics guide. 36 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen Using the hot keys A hot key is a combination of the fn key and the esc key, the b key, or the spacebar. To use a hot key:

Briefly press the fn key, and then briefly press the second key of the combination. Using the keyboard and mouse 37 6 Managing power Your computer can operate on either battery power or external power. When the computer is running on battery power only and an AC power source is not available to charge the battery, it is important to monitor and conserve the battery charge. Your computer supports an optimal power plan to manage how your computer uses and conserves power so that computer performance is balanced with power conservation. Initiating Sleep and Hibernation Microsoft Windows has two power-saving states, Sleep and Hibernation. SleepThe Sleep state is automatically initiated after a period of inactivity when running on battery power or on external power. Your work is saved to memory, allowing you to resume your work very quickly. You can also initiate Sleep manually. For more information, see Manually initiating and exiting Sleep on page 39. HibernationThe Hibernation state is automatically initiated if the battery reaches a critical level. In the Hibernation state, your work is saved to a hibernation file and the computer powers down. NOTE: You can manually initiate Hibernation. See Manually initiating and exiting Sleep on page 39 and Manually initiating and exiting Hibernation (select models only) on page 39. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of possible audio and video degradation, loss of audio or video playback functionality, or loss of information, do not initiate Sleep while reading from or writing to a disc or an external media card. NOTE: You cannot initiate any type of networking connection or perform any computer functions while the computer is in the Sleep state or in Hibernation. 38 Chapter 6 Managing power Manually initiating and exiting Sleep You can initiate Sleep in any of the following ways:

Close the display. From the Start screen, point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the screen to reveal the charms. Click Settings, click the Power icon, and then click Sleep. To exit Sleep:

Briefly press the power button. If the display is closed, open the display. Press a key on the keyboard. Tap or swipe the TouchPad. When the computer exits Sleep, the power lights turn on and your work returns to the screen. NOTE:

If you have set a password to be required on wakeup, you must enter your Windows password before the computer will return to the screen. Manually initiating and exiting Hibernation (select models only) From the Start screen, type power options, then select Power options. In the left pane, click Choose what the power button does. You can enable user-initiated Hibernation and change other power settings and timeouts using Power Options. 1. 2. 3. Click Change Settings that are currently unavailable. 4. 5. Click Save changes. When the computer exits Hibernation, the power lights turn on and your work returns to the screen. NOTE:

password before your work will return to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on wakeup, you must enter your Windows In the When I press the power button area, select Hibernate. Setting password protection on wakeup To set the computer to prompt for a password when the computer exits Sleep or Hibernation, follow these steps:

From the Start screen, type power options, then select Power options. 1. 2. In the left pane, click Require a password on wakeup. 3. Click Change Settings that are currently unavailable. 4. Click Require a password (recommended). NOTE:

If you need to create a user account password or change your current user account password, click Create or change your user account password, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If you do not need to create or change a user account password, go to step 5. 5. Click Save changes. Initiating Sleep and Hibernation 39 Using the power meter and power settings The power meter is located on the Windows desktop. The power meter allows you to quickly access power settings and view the remaining battery charge. To reveal the percentage of remaining battery charge and the current power plan, on the Windows desktop, point over the power meter icon. To use Power Options, click the power meter icon and select an item from the list. From the Start screen, you can also type power options, and then select Power Options. Different power meter icons indicate whether the computer is running on battery or external power. The icon also reveals a message if the battery has reached a low or critical battery level. Running on battery power When a charged battery is in the computer and the computer is not plugged into external power, the computer runs on battery power. If the computer has a charged battery installed and the AC adapter is disconnected from the computer, the computer automatically switches to battery power and the screen brightness decreases to conserve battery life. The battery in the computer slowly discharges when the computer is off and unplugged from external power. Computer battery life varies, depending on power management settings, programs running on the computer, screen brightness, external devices connected to the computer, and other factors. Factory-sealed battery To monitor the status of your battery, or if the battery is no longer holding a charge, run Battery Check in Help and Support. To access battery information, from the Start screen, type support, select the HP Support Assistant app, and then select Battery and performance. If Battery Check indicates that your battery should be replaced, contact support. Do not attempt to remove or replace the factory-sealed battery. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If the battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Finding battery information To monitor the status of your battery, or if the battery is no longer holding a charge, run Battery Check in HP Support Assistant. To access battery information, from the Start screen, type support, select the HP Support Assistant app, and then select Battery and performance. HP Support Assistant provides the following tools and information about the battery:

Battery test Information about battery types, specifications, life cycles, and capacity Conserving battery power Tips for conserving battery power and maximizing battery life:

Lower the brightness on the display. Select the Power saver setting in Power Options. 40 Chapter 6 Managing power Turn off wireless devices when you are not using them. Disconnect unused external devices that are not plugged into an external power source, such as an external hard drive connected to a USB port. Stop, disable, or remove any external media cards that you are not using. Before you leave your work, initiate Sleep or shut down the computer. Identifying low battery levels When a battery that is the sole power source for the computer reaches a low or critical battery level, the power meter icon on the Windows desktop shows a low or critical battery notification. NOTE: For additional information about the power meter, see Using the power meter and power settings on page 40. The computer takes the following actions for a critical battery level:

If Hibernation is disabled and the computer is on or in the Sleep state, the computer remains briefly in the Sleep state, and then shuts down and loses any unsaved information. If Hibernation is enabled and the computer is on or in the Sleep state, the computer initiates Hibernation. Resolving a low battery level Resolving a low battery level when external power is available Connect an AC adapter. Connect an optional docking or expansion device. Connect an optional power adapter purchased as an accessory from HP. Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available Save your work and shut down the computer. Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation When the computer lacks sufficient power to exit Hibernation, follow these steps:

1. Connect the AC adapter to the computer and to external power. 2. Exit Hibernation by pressing the power button. Running on external AC power For information about connecting to AC power, refer to the Setup Instructions poster provided in the computer box. The computer does not use battery power when the computer is connected to AC external power with an approved AC adapter or an optional docking/expansion device. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or a compatible AC adapter purchased from HP. Connect the computer to external AC power under any of the following conditions:

Running on external AC power 41 WARNING! Do not charge the computer battery while you are onboard aircraft. When charging or calibrating a battery When installing or modifying system software When writing information to a disc (select models only) When running Disk Defragmenter on computers with internal hard drives When performing a backup or recovery When you connect the computer to external AC power:

The battery begins to charge. The screen brightness increases. The power meter icon on the Windows desktop changes appearance. When you disconnect external AC power, the following events occur:

The computer switches to battery power. The screen brightness automatically decreases to save battery life. The power meter icon on the Windows desktop changes appearance. Troubleshooting power problems Test the AC adapter if the computer exhibits any of the following symptoms when it is connected to AC power:

The computer does not turn on. The display does not turn on. The power lights are off. To test the AC adapter:

1. 2. Connect the AC adapter to the computer, and then plug it into an AC outlet. 3. Shut down the computer. Turn on the computer. If the power lights turn on, the AC adapter is working properly. If the power lights remain off, check the connection from the AC adapter to the computer and the connection from the AC adapter to the AC outlet to be sure that the connections are secure. If the connections are secure and the power lights remain off, the AC adapter is not functioning and should be replaced. Contact support for information about obtaining a replacement AC power adapter. 42 Chapter 6 Managing power HP CoolSense automatically detects when the computer is not on a horizontal surface and HP CoolSense adjusts performance and fan settings to keep the surface temperature of your computer at the optimum level of comfort. When HP CoolSense is off, the position of the computer is not detected and the performance and fan options remain at the factory setting. As a result, the surface temperature of the computer might be higher than it would be with HP CoolSense on. To turn CoolSense off or on, follow these steps:

From the Start screen, type coolsense, and then select HP CoolSense. Refreshing your software content with Intel Smart Connect Technology (select models only) When the computer is in the Sleep state, Intel Smart Connect Technology periodically causes the computer to exit Sleep. If a network connection is available, Smart Connect updates open apps such as your email inboxes, social network sites, and news pages and then returns the computer to the Sleep state. Smart Connect also syncs content that you have created offline, such as emails. When the computer exits Sleep, you have immediate access to your updated information. To enable this feature or manually adjust the settings, from the Start screen, type smart, and then select Intel Smart Connect Technology. Shutting down (turning off) the computer CAUTION: Unsaved information is lost when the computer shuts down. Be sure to save your work before shutting down the computer. The Shut down command closes all open programs, including the operating system, and then turns off the display and computer. Shut down the computer under any of the following conditions:

When you are connecting an external hardware device that does not connect to a USB or video port When the computer will be unused and disconnected from external power for an extended period If the computer is in the Sleep state or in Hibernation, you must first exit Sleep or Although you can turn off the computer with the power button, the recommended procedure is to use the Windows Shut down command:

NOTE:

Hibernation before shutdown is possible by briefly pressing the power button. 1. 2. Save your work and close all open programs. From the Start screen, point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the screen to reveal the charms. 3. Click Settings, click the Power icon, and then click Shut down. or HP CoolSense 43 Right-click the Start button in the lower-left corner of the screen, select Shut down, and then select Shut down. If the computer is unresponsive and you are unable to use the preceding shutdown procedures, try the following emergency procedures in the sequence provided:

Press ctrl+alt+delete, click the Power icon, and then select Shut Down. Press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds. Disconnect the computer from external power. 44 Chapter 6 Managing power 7 Maintaining your computer It is important to perform regular maintenance to keep your computer in optimal condition. This chapter provides information about improving the performance of your computer by running tools such as Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. It also provides information about updating your programs and drivers, instructions for cleaning your computer, and tips for traveling with your computer. Improving performance Everyone wants a fast computer and you can drastically improve the performance of your computer by performing regular maintenance tasks with tools such as Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. Using HP 3D DriveGuard HP 3D DriveGuard protects a hard drive by parking the drive and halting data requests under either of the following conditions:

You drop the computer. You move the computer with the display closed while the computer is running on battery power. A short time after the end of one of these events, HP 3D DriveGuard returns the hard drive to normal operation. NOTE: Because solid state drives (SSDs) lack moving parts, they do not require HP 3D DriveGuard protection. NOTE: A hard drive in a primary hard drive bay or a secondary hard drive bay is protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. A hard drive installed in an optional docking device or connected to a USB port is not protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. For more information, see the HP 3D DriveGuard software Help. Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status The hard drive light on the computer changes color to show that the drive is parked. To determine whether the drive is currently protected or whether it is parked, view the icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, or in the Mobility Center. Using Disk Defragmenter As you use your computer over time, the files on the hard drive become fragmented. A fragmented drive means data on your drive is not contiguous (sequential) and, because of this, the hard drive works harder to locate files, thus slowing down the computer. Disk Defragmenter consolidates (or physically reorganizes) the fragmented files and folders on the hard drive so that the system can run more efficiently. NOTE:

It is not necessary to run Disk Defragmenter on solid-state drives. After you start Disk Defragmenter, it works without supervision. However, depending on the size of your hard drive and the number of fragmented files, Disk Defragmenter may take more than an hour to complete. Improving performance 45 HP recommends defragmenting your hard drive at least once a month. You may set Disk Defragmenter to run on a monthly schedule, but you can defragment your computer manually at any time. To run Disk Defragmenter:

1. Connect the computer to AC power. From the Start screen, type disk. 2. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. For additional information, access the Disk Defragmenter software Help. Using Disk Cleanup Disk Cleanup searches the hard drive for unnecessary files that you can safely delete to free up disk space and help the computer run more efficiently. To run Disk Cleanup:

1. 2. From the Start screen, type disk, and then select Uninstall apps to free up disk space. Follow the on-screen instructions. Updating programs and drivers HP recommends that you update your programs and drivers on a regular basis to the latest versions. Updates can resolve issues and bring new features and options to your computer. Technology is always changing, and updating programs and drivers allows your computer to run the latest technology available. For example, older graphics components might not work well with the most recent gaming software. Without the latest driver, you would not be getting the most out of your equipment. Go to http://www.hp.com/support to download the latest versions of HP programs and drivers. In addition, register to receive automatic update notifications when they become available. Cleaning your computer Use the following products to safely clean your computer:

Dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride 0.3 percent maximum concentration (for example, disposable wipes, which come in a variety of brands). Alcohol-free glass-cleaning fluid Water with mild soap solution Dry microfiber cleaning cloth or a chamois (static-free cloth without oil) Static-free cloth wipes CAUTION: Avoid strong cleaning solvents that can permanently damage your computer. If you are not sure that a cleaning product is safe for your computer, check the product contents to make sure that ingredients such as alcohol, acetone, ammonium chloride, methylene chloride, and hydrocarbons are not included in the product. Fibrous materials, such as paper towels, can scratch the computer. Over time, dirt particles and cleaning agents can get trapped in the scratches. 46 Chapter 7 Maintaining your computer Cleaning procedures Follow the procedures in this section to safely clean your computer. WARNING! To prevent electric shock or damage to components, do not attempt to clean your computer while it is turned on. Turn off the computer. Disconnect AC power. Disconnect all powered external devices. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not spray cleaning agents or liquids directly on any computer surface. Liquids dripped on the surface can permanently damage internal components. Cleaning the display (All-in-Ones or Notebooks) Gently wipe the display using a soft, lint-free cloth moistened with an alcohol-free glass cleaner. Be sure that the display is dry before closing the display. Cleaning the sides or cover To clean the sides or cover, use a soft microfiber cloth or chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously or use an acceptable disposable wipe. NOTE: When cleaning the cover of the computer, use a circular motion to aid in removing dirt and debris. Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not allow liquids to drip between the keys. To clean the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse, use a soft microfiber cloth or a chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously or use an acceptable disposable wipe. To prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles from the keyboard, use a can of compressed air with a straw extension. Traveling with or shipping your computer If you have to travel with or ship your computer, here are some tips to keep in mind to keep your equipment safe. Prepare the computer for traveling or shipping:

Back up your information to an external drive. Remove all discs and all external media cards, such as memory cards, from the computer. Turn off and then disconnect all external devices. Shut down the computer. Take along a backup of your information. Keep the backup separate from the computer. Traveling with or shipping your computer 47 When traveling by air, carry the computer as hand luggage; do not check it in with the rest of your luggage. CAUTION: Avoid exposing a drive to magnetic fields. Security devices with magnetic fields include airport walk-through devices and security wands. Airport conveyer belts and similar security devices that check carry-on baggage use X-rays instead of magnetism and do not damage drives. If you plan to use the computer during a flight, listen for the in-flight announcement that tells you when you are allowed to use your computer. In-flight computer use is at the discretion of the airline. If you are shipping the computer or a drive, use suitable protective packaging and label the package FRAGILE. If the computer has a wireless device installed, the use of these devices may be restricted in some environments. Such restrictions may apply aboard aircraft, in hospitals, near explosives, and in hazardous locations. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of a particular device, ask for authorization to use your computer before you turn it on. If you are traveling internationally, follow these suggestions:

Check the computer-related customs regulations for each country or region on your itinerary. Check the power cord and adapter requirements for each location in which you plan to use the computer. Voltage, frequency, and plug configurations vary. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. 48 Chapter 7 Maintaining your computer 8 Securing your computer and information Computer security is essential for protecting the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of your information. Standard security solutions provided by the Windows operating system, HP applications, the non-Windows Setup Utility (BIOS), and other third-party software can help protect your computer from a variety of risks, such as viruses, worms, and other types of malicious code. IMPORTANT: Some security features listed in this chapter may not be available on your computer. Computer risk Unauthorized use of the computer Computer viruses Unauthorized access to data Security feature Power-on password Antivirus software Firewall software Unauthorized access to Setup Utility (BIOS) settings and other system identification information Administrator password Ongoing or future threats to the computer Unauthorized access to a Windows user account Unauthorized removal of the computer Software updates User password Security cable lock Using passwords A password is a group of characters that you choose to secure your computer information and to protect online transactions. Several types of passwords can be set. For example, when you set up your computer for the first time, you were asked to create a user password to secure your computer. Additional passwords can be set in Windows or in the HP Setup Utility (BIOS) that is preinstalled on your computer. You may find it helpful to use the same password for a Setup Utility (BIOS) feature and for a Windows security feature. Use the following tips for creating and saving passwords:

To reduce the risk of being locked out of the computer, record each password and store it in a secure place away from the computer. Do not store passwords in a file on the computer. When creating passwords, follow requirements set by the program. Change your passwords at least every three months. An ideal password is long and has letters, punctuation, symbols, and numbers. Before you send your computer for service, back up your files, delete confidential files, and then remove all password settings. For additional information about Windows passwords, such as screen-saver passwords, from the Start screen, type hp support assistant, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Using passwords 49 Setting Windows passwords Password User password Administrator password Setting Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords Password Administrator password Power-on password Function Protects access to a Windows user account. Protects administrator-level access to computer contents. NOTE: This password cannot be used to access Setup Utility (BIOS) contents. Function Must be entered each time you access Setup Utility

(BIOS). If you forget your administrator password, you cannot access Setup Utility (BIOS). NOTE: The administrator password can be used in place of the power-on password. NOTE: Your administrator password is not interchangeable with an administrator password set in Windows, nor is it revealed as it is set, entered, changed, or deleted. NOTE:

password check, you must enter the administrator password to access Setup Utility (BIOS). If you enter the power-on password at the first Must be entered each time you turn on or restart the computer. If you forget your power-on password, you cannot turn on or restart the computer. NOTE: The administrator password can be used in place of the power-on password. NOTE: A power-on password is not revealed as it is set, entered, changed, or deleted. To set, change, or delete an administrator or power-on password in Setup Utility (BIOS):

1. To start Setup Utility (BIOS), turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f10. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Security, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Your changes take effect when the computer restarts. Using Internet security software When you use your computer to access email, a network, or the Internet, you potentially expose your computer to computer viruses, spyware, and other online threats. To help protect your computer, Internet security software that includes antivirus and firewall features may be preinstalled on your computer as a trial offer. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses and other security risks, security software must be kept up to date. It is strongly recommended that you upgrade 50 Chapter 8 Securing your computer and information the security software trial offer or purchase the software of your choice in order to fully protect your computer. Using antivirus software Computer viruses can disable programs, utilities, or the operating system, or cause them to function abnormally. Antivirus software can detect most viruses, destroy them, and in most cases, repair any damage they have caused. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses, antivirus software must be kept up to date. An antivirus program may be preinstalled on your computer. It is strongly recommended that you use the antivirus program of your choice in order to fully protect your computer. For more information about computer viruses, from the Start screen, type hp support assistant, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Using firewall software Firewalls are designed to prevent unauthorized access to a system or network. A firewall can be software you install on your computer and/or network, or it can be a combination of both hardware and software. There are two types of firewalls to consider:

Host-based firewallsSoftware that protects only the computer it is installed on. Network-based firewallsInstalled between your DSL or cable modem and your home network to protect all the computers on the network. When a firewall is installed on a system, all data sent to and from the system is monitored and compared with a set of user-defined security criteria. Any data that does not meet those criteria is blocked. Installing software updates HP, Microsoft Windows, and third-party software installed on your computer should be regularly updated to correct security problems and improve software performance. For more information, see Updating programs and drivers on page 46. Installing critical security updates CAUTION: Microsoft sends out alerts regarding critical updates. To protect the computer from security breaches and computer viruses, install all critical updates from Microsoft as soon as you receive an alert. You can choose whether updates are installed automatically. To change the settings, from the Start screen, type c, and then select Control Panel. Select System and Security, select Windows Update, select Change settings, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Installing HP and third-party software updates HP recommends that you regularly update the software and drivers that were originally installed on your computer. To download the latest versions, go to http://www.hp.com/support. At this location, you can also register to receive automatic update notifications when they become available. Installing software updates 51 If you have installed third-party software after you purchased your computer, regularly update the software. Software companies provide software updates to their products to correct security problems and improve functionality of the software. Securing your wireless network When you set up your wireless network, always enable security features. For more information, see Protecting your WLAN on page 17. Backing up your software applications and information Regularly back up your software applications and information to protect them from being permanently lost or damaged through a virus attack or a software or hardware failure. For more information, see Backing up, restoring, and recovering on page 56. Using an optional security cable lock A security cable lock, which is purchased separately, is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. Security cable locks are only one of several methods that should be employed as part of a complete security solution to help maximize theft protection. The security cable slot on your computer may look slightly different from the illustration in this section. For the location of the security cable slot on your computer, see Getting to know your computer on page 5. 1. 2. 3. Loop the security cable lock around a secured object. Insert the key (1) into the security cable lock (2). Insert the security cable lock into the security cable slot on the computer (3), and then lock the security cable lock with the key. 4. Remove the key and keep it in a safe place. 52 Chapter 8 Securing your computer and information 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) Setup Utility, or Basic Input/Output System (BIOS), controls communication between all the input and output devices on the system (such as disk drives, display, keyboard, mouse, and printer). Setup Utility (BIOS) includes settings for the types of devices installed, the startup sequence of the computer, and the amount of system and extended memory. Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) To start Setup Utility (BIOS), turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f10. NOTE: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility (BIOS). Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. Updating the BIOS Updated versions of the BIOS may be available on the HP website. Most BIOS updates on the HP website are packaged in compressed files called SoftPaqs. Some download packages contain a file named Readme.txt, which contains information regarding installing and troubleshooting the file. Determining the BIOS version To determine whether available BIOS updates contain later BIOS versions than those currently installed on the computer, you need to know the version of the system BIOS currently installed. BIOS version information (also known as ROM date and System BIOS) can be revealed by pressing fn+esc (if you are already in Windows) or by using Setup Utility (BIOS). 1. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Main, and then make note of your current BIOS version. 3. Start Setup Utility (BIOS) (see Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) on page 53). To exit Setup Utility (BIOS) without saving your changes, use the arrow keys to select Exit, select Exit Discarding Changes, and then press enter. Select Yes. 4. Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) 53 Downloading a BIOS update CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the computer or an unsuccessful installation, download and install a BIOS update only when the computer is connected to reliable external power using the AC adapter. Do not download or install a BIOS update while the computer is running on battery power, docked in an optional docking device, or connected to an optional power source. During the download and installation, follow these instructions:

Do not disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. Do not shut down the computer or initiate Sleep. Do not insert, remove, connect, or disconnect any device, cable, or cord. 1. From the Start screen, type hp support assistant, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. 2. Click Updates and tune-ups, and then click Check for HP updates now. 3. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. At the download area, follow these steps:

a. Identify the most recent BIOS update and compare it to the BIOS version currently installed on your computer. If the update is more recent than your BIOS, make a note of the date, name, or other identifier. You may need this information to locate the update later, after it has been downloaded to your hard drive. Follow the on-screen instructions to download your selection to the hard drive. If the update is more recent than your BIOS, make a note of the path to the location on your hard drive where the BIOS update is downloaded. You will need to access this path when you are ready to install the update. b. NOTE:

installing any software updates, especially system BIOS updates. If you connect your computer to a network, consult the network administrator before From the Start screen, type file, and then select File Explorer. BIOS installation procedures vary. Follow any instructions that are revealed on the screen after the download is complete. If no instructions are revealed, follow these steps:

1. 2. Click your hard drive designation. The hard drive designation is typically Local Disk (C:). 3. Using the hard drive path you recorded earlier, open the folder on your hard drive that contains the update. 4. Double-click the file that has an .exe extension (for example, filename.exe). The BIOS installation begins. 5. Complete the installation by following the on-screen instructions. NOTE: After a message on the screen reports a successful installation, you can delete the downloaded file from your hard drive. Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) HP PC Hardware Diagnostics is a Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) that allows you to run diagnostic tests to determine whether the computer hardware is functioning properly. The tool runs outside the operating system so that it can isolate hardware failures from issues that are caused by the operating system or other software components. 54 Chapter 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) To start HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI:

1. Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f2. The BIOS searches three places for the diagnostic tools, in the following order:

a. Connected USB drive NOTE: To download the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) tool to a USB drive, see Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device on page 55. b. Hard drive c. BIOS 2. When the diagnostic tool opens, use the keyboard arrow keys to select the type of diagnostic test you want to run, and then follow the on-screen instructions. NOTE:

If you need to stop a diagnostic test, press esc. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device Instructions for downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) are provided in English NOTE:

only. 1. Go to http://www.hp.com. 2. 3. Point to Support, located at the top of the page, and then click the Download Drivers. In the text box, enter the product name, and then click Go. or Click Find Now to let HP automatically detect your product. Select your computer model, and then select your operating system. In the Diagnostic section, click HP UEFI Support Environment. or Click Download, and then select Run. 4. 5. Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) 55 10 Backing up, restoring, and recovering This chapter provides information about the following processes:

Creating recovery media and backups Restoring and recovering your system Creating recovery media and backups 1. After you successfully set up the computer, create HP Recovery media. This step creates a backup of the HP Recovery partition on the computer. The backup can be used to reinstall the original operating system in cases where the hard drive is corrupted or has been replaced. HP Recovery media you create will provide the following recovery options:

System RecoveryReinstalls the original operating system and the programs that were installed at the factory. Minimized Image RecoveryReinstalls the operating system and all hardware-related drivers and software, but not other software applications. Factory ResetRestores the computer to its original factory state by deleting all information from the hard drive and re-creating the partitions. Then it reinstalls the operating system and the software that was installed at the factory. See Creating HP Recovery media on page 56. 2. Use the Windows tools to create system restore points and create backups of personal information. For more information and steps, see Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. Creating HP Recovery media HP Recovery Manager is a software program that offers a way to create recovery media after you successfully set up the computer. HP Recovery media can be used to perform system recovery if the hard drive becomes corrupted. System recovery reinstalls the original operating system and the software programs installed at the factory, and then configures the settings for the programs. HP Recovery media can also be used to customize the system or restore the factory image if you replace the hard drive. Only one set of HP Recovery media can be created. Handle these recovery tools carefully, and keep them in a safe place. HP Recovery Manager examines the computer and determines the required storage capacity for the blank USB flash drive or the number of blank DVD discs that will be required. To create recovery discs, your computer must have an optical drive with DVD writer capability, and you must use only high-quality blank DVD-R, DVD+R, DVD-R DL, or DVD+R DL discs. Do not use rewritable discs such as CDRW, DVDRW, double-layer DVDRW, or BD-RE

(rewritable Blu-ray) discs; they are not compatible with HP Recovery Manager software. Or instead you can use a high-quality blank USB flash drive. If your computer does not include an integrated optical drive with DVD writer capability, but you would like to create DVD recovery media, you can use an external optical drive (purchased 56 Chapter 10 Backing up, restoring, and recovering separately) to create recovery discs, or you can obtain recovery discs for your computer from support. See the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included with the computer. You can also find contact information from the HP website. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and follow the on-screen instructions. If you use an external optical drive, it must be connected directly to a USB port on the computer; the drive cannot be connected to a USB port on an external device, such as a USB hub. Be sure that the computer is connected to AC power before you begin creating the recovery media. The creation process can take up to an hour or more. Do not interrupt the creation process. If necessary, you can exit the program before you have finished creating all of the recovery DVDs. HP Recovery Manager will finish burning the current DVD. The next time you start HP Recovery Manager, you will be prompted to continue, and the remaining discs will be burned. To create HP Recovery media:

1. 2. If you ever need to recover the system, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 58. From the Start screen, type recovery, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Recovery Media Creation, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Restore and recovery There are several options for recovering your system. Choose the method that best matches your situation and level of expertise:

Windows offers several options for restoring from backup, refreshing the computer, and resetting the computer to its original state. For more information and steps, see Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. If you need to correct a problem with a preinstalled application or driver, use the Drivers and Applications Reinstall option of HP Recovery Manager to reinstall the individual application or driver. From the Start screen, type recovery, select HP Recovery Manager, select Drivers and Applications Reinstall, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If you want to reset your computer using a minimized image, you can choose the HP Minimized Image Recovery option from the HP Recovery partition (select models only) or HP Recovery media. Minimized Image Recovery installs only drivers and hardware-enabling applications. Other applications included in the image continue to be available for installation through the Drivers and Applications Reinstall option in HP Recovery Manager. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 58. If you want to recover the computer's original factory partitioning and content, you can choose the System Recovery option from the HP Recovery partition (select models only) or use the HP Recovery media that you have created. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 58. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media on page 56. If you have replaced the hard drive, you can use the Factory Reset option of HP Recovery media to restore the factory image to the replacement drive. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager on page 58. If you wish to remove the recovery partition to reclaim hard drive space, HP Recovery Manager offers the Remove Recovery Partition option. Restore and recovery 57 For more information, see Removing the HP Recovery partition on page 59. Recovering using HP Recovery Manager HP Recovery Manager software allows you to recover the computer to its original factory state by using the HP Recovery media that you created or by using the HP Recovery partition (select models only). If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media on page 56. Using HP Recovery media, you can choose from one of the following recovery options:

System RecoveryReinstalls the original operating system, and then configures the settings for the programs that were installed at the factory. Minimized Image Recovery (select models only)Reinstalls the operating system and all hardware-related drivers and software, but not other software applications. Factory ResetRestores the computer to its original factory state by deleting all information from the hard drive and re-creating the partitions. Then it reinstalls the operating system and the software that was installed at the factory. The HP Recovery partition (select models only) allows System Recovery and Minimized Image Recovery. What you need to know HP Recovery Manager recovers only software that was installed at the factory. For software not provided with this computer, you must either download the software from the manufacturer's website or reinstall the software from the media provided by the manufacturer. Recovery through HP Recovery Manager should be used as a final attempt to correct computer issues. HP Recovery media must be used if the computer hard drive fails. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media on page 56. To use the Factory Reset option, you must use HP Recovery media. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media on page 56. If the HP Recovery media does not work, you can obtain recovery media for your system from support. See the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included with the computer. You can also find contact information from the HP website. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and follow the on-screen instructions. IMPORTANT: HP Recovery Manager does not automatically provide backups of your personal data. Before beginning recovery, back up any personal data you wish to retain. Using the HP Recovery partition (select models only) The HP Recovery partition (select models only) allows you to perform a system recovery or minimized image recovery without the need for recovery discs or a recovery USB flash drive. This type of recovery can only be used if the hard drive is still working. To start HP Recovery Manager from the HP Recovery partition:

1. Press f11 while the computer boots. or 58 Chapter 10 Backing up, restoring, and recovering Press and hold f11 as you press the power button. Select Troubleshoot from the boot options menu. Select Recovery Manager, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 2. 3. Using HP Recovery media to recover You can use HP Recovery media to recover the original system. This method can be used if your system does not have an HP Recovery partition or if the hard drive is not working properly. 1. 2. If possible, back up all personal files. Insert the HP Recovery media that you created, and then restart the computer. NOTE:

computer boot order. See Changing the computer boot order on page 59. Follow the on-screen instructions. If the computer does not automatically restart in HP Recovery Manager, change the 3. Changing the computer boot order If computer does not restart in HP Recovery Manager, you can change the computer boot order, which is the order of devices listed in BIOS where the computer looks for startup information. You can change the selection for an optical drive or a USB flash drive. To change the boot order:

1. 2. Restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f9 for boot options. 3. 4. Insert the HP Recovery media you created. Select the optical drive or USB flash drive you want to boot from. Follow the on-screen instructions. Removing the HP Recovery partition HP Recovery Manager software allows you to remove the HP Recovery partition to free up hard drive space. IMPORTANT: After you remove the HP Recovery partition, you can no longer use the Windows Refresh option or the Windows option to remove everything and reinstall Windows. In addition, you will not be able to perform System Recovery or Minimized Image Recovery from the HP Recovery partition. So before you remove the Recovery partition, create HP Recovery media; see Creating HP Recovery media on page 56. Follow these steps to remove the HP Recovery partition:

1. 2. From the Start screen, type recovery, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Remove Recovery Partition, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Restore and recovery 59 11 Specifications Input power The power information in this section may be helpful if you plan to travel internationally with the computer. The computer operates on DC power, which can be supplied by an AC or a DC power source. The AC power source must be rated at 100240 V, 5060 Hz. Although the computer can be powered from a standalone DC power source, it should be powered only with an AC adapter or a DC power source supplied and approved by HP for use with this computer. The computer can operate on DC power within the following specifications. Operating voltage and current varies by platform. Input power Rating Operating voltage and current 19.5 V dc @ 2.31 A 45 W 19.5 V dc @ 3.33 A 65W DC plug of external HP power supply NOTE: This product is designed for IT power systems in Norway with phase-to-phase voltage not exceeding 240 V rms. NOTE: The computer operating voltage and current can be found on the system regulatory label. Operating environment Factor Temperature Operating Nonoperating Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating Nonoperating Metric U.S. 5C to 35C

-20C to 60C 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

41F to 95F

-4F to 140F 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

-15 m to 3,048 m

-15 m to 12,192 m

-50 ft to 10,000 ft

-50 ft to 40,000 ft 60 Chapter 11 Specifications 12 Electrostatic Discharge Electrostatic discharge is the release of static electricity when two objects come into contactfor example, the shock you receive when you walk across the carpet and touch a metal door knob. A discharge of static electricity from fingers or other electrostatic conductors may damage electronic components. To prevent damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of information, observe these precautions:

If removal or installation instructions direct you to unplug the computer, first be sure that it is properly grounded, and then remove the cover. Keep components in their electrostatic-safe containers until you are ready to install them. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Handle electronic components as little as possible. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before handling components, discharge static electricity by touching an unpainted metal surface of the component. If you remove a component, place it in an electrostatic-safe container. 61 Index Symbols/Numerics 2-finger pinch zoom TouchPad gesture 28 2-finger pinch zoom touchPad gesture 33 A AC adapter 6 AC adapter, testing 42 action keys decrease screen brightness 36 Help and Support 36 identifying 13 increase screen brightness 36 play, pause, resume 36 previous track or section 36 switch screen image 36 volume down 36 volume mute 36 volume up 36 wireless 36 antivirus software, using 51 audio features, testing 23 audio-out (headphone)/audio-in

(microphone) jack 8, 22 B backing up software and information 52 backups 56 battery discharging 40 low battery levels 41 battery information, finding 40 battery power 40 Beats Audio 23 Beats Audio Control Panel 23 Beats Audio hot key 23 BIOS determining version 53 downloading an update 54 updating 53 Bluetooth device 15, 20 Bluetooth label 14 62 Index boot order, changing 59 bottom 14 buttons left TouchPad 11 power 7 right TouchPad 11 C caps lock light, identifying 12 caring for your computer 46 cleaning your computer 46 components display 9 left side 7 right side 6 top 11 connecting to a WLAN 18 connector, power 6 corporate WLAN connection 18 critical battery level 41 critical security updates, installing 51 D deleted files restoring 57 Disk Cleanup software 46 Disk Defragmenter software 45 E edge-swipe gestures 29, 34 bottom-edge swipe 35 top-edge swipe 35 electrostatic discharge 61 esc key, identifying 13 external AC power, using 41 F firewall software 51 fn key, identifying 13, 37 fun things to do 1 H hard drive HP 3D DriveGuard 45 hard drive light 6 HDMI configuring audio 25 HDMI port connecting 24 identifying 6, 21 headphones and microphones, connecting 23 Hibernation exiting 39 initiated during critical battery level 41 initiating 39 high-definition devices, connecting 24, 25 hot keys description 37 using 37 HP 3D DriveGuard 45 HP and third-party software updates, installing 51 HP Mobile Broadband, disabled 19 HP PC Hardware Diagnostics

(UEFI) downloading 55 using 54 HP Recovery Manager correcting boot problems 59 starting 58 HP Recovery media creating 56 recovery 59 HP Recovery partition recovery 58 removing 59 I input power 60 installing critical security updates 51 optional security cable lock 52 internal display switch, identifying 9 internal microphone, identifying 9, 21 Internet connection setup 17 Internet security software, using 50 J jacks audio-out (headphone)/audio-in

(microphone) 8, 22 network 6 RJ-45 (network) 6 K keyboard hot keys, identifying 37 keys action 13 esc 13 fn 13 Windows 13 L labels Bluetooth 14 regulatory 14 serial number 13 service 13 wireless certification 14 WLAN 14 LAN, connecting 20 left-edge swipe 30, 34 lights AC adapter 6 caps lock 12 hard drive 6 mute 12 power 7 RJ-45 (network) status 6 low battery level 41 M maintenance Disk Cleanup 46 Disk Defragmenter 45 memory card inserting 6 removing 6 memory card reader, identifying 6, 22 minimized image recovery 58 minimized image, creating 58 Miracast 25 mouse, external setting preferences 26 mute light, identifying 12 N network jack, identifying 6 O operating environment 60 original system recovery 58 P passwords Setup Utility (BIOS) 50 Windows 50 ports HDMI 6, 21, 24 Miracast 25 USB 2.0 6, 7, 22 USB 3.0 6, 22 power battery 40 power button, identifying 7 power connector, identifying 6 power lights, identifying 7 product name and number, computer 13 public WLAN connection 18 R recovery discs 56, 59 HP Recovery Manager 58 media 59 options 57 starting 58 supported discs 56 system 58 USB flash drive 59 using HP Recovery media 57 recovery media creating 56 creating using HP Recovery Manager 57 recovery partition removing 59 regulatory information regulatory label 14 wireless certification labels 14 restore Windows File History 57 right-edge swipe 29, 34 RJ-45 (network) jack, identifying 6 RJ-45 (network) status lights, identifying 6 S scrolling TouchPad gesture 28 security cable lock, installing 52 security cable slot, identifying 7 security, wireless 17 serial number 13 serial number, computer 13 service labels, locating 13 setting password protection on wakeup 39 setup of WLAN 17 Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords 50 shipping the computer 47 shutdown 43 SIM inserting 19 removing 19 SIM slot, identifying 6, 22 Sleep exiting 39 initiating 39 slots memory card reader 6, 22 security cable 7 SIM 6, 22 software Disk Cleanup 46 Disk Defragmenter 45 software updates, installing 51 speakers connecting 23 identifying 12, 22 supported discs, recovery 56 system recovery 58 system restore point creating 56 T tapping TouchPad gesture 27 testing an AC adapter 42 testing audio features 23 Index 63 operating system 15 Wireless Assistant software 15 wireless network (WLAN) connecting 18 corporate WLAN connection 18 equipment needed 17 functional range 18 public WLAN connection 18 security 17 using 16 wireless network, securing 52 WLAN antenna, identifying 9 WLAN device 14, 16 WLAN label 14 WWAN antennas, identifying 9 WWAN device 18 top-edge swipe 30 touch screen gestures 34 2-finger pinch zoom 33 bottom-edge swipe 35 edge-swipe gestures 34, 35 one-finger slide 31 scrolling 32 tapping 32 top-edge swipe 35 touch screen, using 31 TouchPad buttons 11 TouchPad gestures 2-finger pinch zoom 28 scrolling 28 tapping 27 TouchPad zone, identifying 11 traveling with the computer 14, 47 turning off the computer 43 U unresponsive system 43 USB 2.0 ports, identifying 6, 7, 22 USB 3.0 ports, identifying 6, 22 using external AC power 41 using passwords 49 V vents, identifying 7 video 24 volume button 8 W webcam identifying 9, 21 using 22 webcam light, identifying 9, 21 Windows File History 57 restoring files 57 system restore point 56 Windows key, identifying 13 Windows passwords 50 Wireless Assistant software 15 wireless button 15 wireless certification label 14 wireless controls button 15 64 Index

Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices User Guide Copyright 20082011 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. ENERGY STAR is a registered mark owned by the U.S. government. Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems. Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Vista are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Third Edition: August 2011 First Edition: February 2011 Document Part Number: 653267-003 Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices .......................................................................................................................................... 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ...................................................................................... 2 Modifications ........................................................................................................................ 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................. 2 Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) ..... 3 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................. 3 Brazil notice .......................................................................................................................................... 4 Canada notices .................................................................................................................................... 4 Avis Canadien ...................................................................................................................................... 4 European Union Regulatory notices ..................................................................................................... 4 Products with HP Mobile Broadband Modules .................................................................... 5 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................... 6 Germany ............................................................................................................. 6 Japan notices ....................................................................................................................................... 7 Wireless LAN 802.11b devices ............................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11g devices ............................................................................................ 7 Bluetooth devices ................................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings ................................... 8 South Korea notice ............................................................................................................................... 8 Mexico notice ....................................................................................................................................... 8 Singapore wireless notice .................................................................................................................... 8 Thailand WWAN wireless notice .......................................................................................................... 9 Taiwan notices ..................................................................................................................................... 9 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ............................................................................................ 9 Wireless LAN 802.11b devices ............................................................................................ 9 Airline travel notice ............................................................................................................................... 9 User-replaceable battery notices ........................................................................................................ 10 ENERGY STAR compliance .............................................................................................................. 10 Laser compliance ............................................................................................................................... 11 Modem notices ................................................................................................................................... 11 Telecommunications device approvals .............................................................................. 11 U.S. modem statements .................................................................................................... 12 iii U.S. modem declarations .................................................................................................. 13 Canada modem statements ............................................................................................... 15 Japan modem statements ................................................................................................. 15 New Zealand modem statements ...................................................................................... 15 Voice support .................................................................................................... 16 Power cord notice ............................................................................................................................... 16 Japan power cord notice .................................................................................................... 16 DC plug of external HP power supply ................................................................................ 17 Macrovision Corporation notice .......................................................................................................... 17 2 Safety notices ................................................................................................................................................ 18 Heat-related safety warning notice ..................................................................................................... 18 Potential safety conditions notice ....................................................................................................... 18 User-replaceable battery notices ........................................................................................................ 18 Headset and earphone volume level notice ....................................................................................... 19 Power cord notices ............................................................................................................................. 19 Cleaning the keyboard ....................................................................................................................... 19 Travel notice ....................................................................................................................................... 19 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ...................................... 19 3 Environmental notices ................................................................................................................................. 20 Electronic hardware and battery recycling ......................................................................................... 20 Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union ....................... 20 Chemical substances ......................................................................................................................... 21 China material content declarations ................................................................................................... 21 Japan material content declaration .................................................................................................... 23 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law ................................................................................................. 24 Turkey EEE regulation ....................................................................................................................... 24 Ukraine Restriction of Hazardous Substances ................................................................................... 24 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................ 24 Index ................................................................................................................................................................... 25 iv 1 Regulatory notices This guide provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply on-board airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. To identify a hardware device such as a wireless LAN (WLAN) network device, choose the procedure below that corresponds to the operating system running on your computer. For Windows XP Professional and Windows XP Home, follow these steps:

1. 2. Select Start > My Computer. If the left pane, select View System Information > Hardware tab > Device Manager. For Windows Vista, follow these steps:

1. 2. Select Start > Computer > System properties. In the left pane, click Device Manager. For later Windows operating systems, such as Windows 7, follow these steps:

Select Start > Control Panel > System and Security > Device Manager. For non-Windows operating systems, follow the instructions provided by your operating system to identify a hardware device such as a wireless LAN (WLAN) network device. Regulatory markings for your country or region may be located on the bottom of the product, either under the battery, under a user-removable door (or some other user-accessible location), or on the wireless or modem module. To view the FCC IDs for any radio modules in your notebook (Bluetooth, WLAN, or WWAN), follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the "Press the ESC key for Startup Menu" message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter BIOS Setup. Select the System Configuration menu. The FCC IDs are displayed at the bottom of the screen. 1 CAUTION: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not have an FCC ID. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo

(United States only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following 2 conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. If you have questions about the product that are not related to this declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, TX 77269-2000 For questions regarding this FCC declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, TX 77269-2000 or call HP at 281-514-3333 To identify your product, refer to the part, series, or model number located on the product. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 12 inches: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides. To access the user guides, select Start > Help and Support > User Guides. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 12 inches: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides. To access the user guides, select Start > Help and Support > User Guides. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. The FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. Federal Communications Commission notice 3 Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Canada notices This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations. If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. Avis Canadien Cet appareil numrique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Rglement sur le matriel brouilleur du Canada. European Union Regulatory notices Products bearing the CE marking comply with the following EU Directives:

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC EMC Directive 2004/108/EC Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC where applicable CE compliance of this product is valid if powered with the correct CE-marked AC adapter provided by HP. If this product has wired and/or wireless telecommunications functionality, it also complies with the essential requirements of EU Directive R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC. Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmonized European standards

(European Norms) that are listed in the EU Declaration of Conformity issued by HP for this product or product family and available (in English only) either within the product documentation or at the following Web site: www.hp.eu/certificates (type the product number in the search box). The compliance is indicated by one of the following conformity markings placed on the product:

4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices For non-telecommunications products and for EU harmonized telecommunications products, such as Bluetooth, within power class below 10 mW. For EU non-harmonized telecommunications products (if applicable, a 4-digit notified body number is inserted between CE and ! (the exclamation mark). Please refer to the regulatory label provided on the product. The telecommunications functionality of this product may be used in the following EU and EFTA countries: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and United Kingdom. The telephone connector (not available for all products) is intended for connection to analog telephone networks. NOTE: For products with wireless LAN devices, some countries may have specific obligations or special requirements about the operation of wireless LAN networks such as indoor use only or restrictions of the channels available. Be sure that the country settings of the wireless network are correct. In France, certain restrictions apply for the 2.4-GHz wireless LAN operation of this product. This product may be used indoors for the entire 2400-MHz to 2483.5-MHz frequency band (channels 1 to 13). For outdoor use, only the 2400-MHz to 2454-MHz frequency band (channels 1 to 7) may be used. For the latest requirements, see http://www.arcep.fr. The point of contact for regulatory matters is Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS: HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, GERMANY. Products with HP Mobile Broadband Modules THIS DEVICE MEETS INTERNATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO FREQUENCY RADIATION. The HP Mobile Broadband Module in your notebook is a radio transmitter and receiver. The device is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) recommended by international guidelines (ICNIRP). These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines that establish permitted levels of RF radiation for the general population. The guidelines were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The device also meets the European R&TTE directives, including the protection of the health and the safety of the user and any other person. European Union Regulatory notices 5 The exposure standard for mobile devices employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR).* The SAR was obtained by testing the device at standard operating positions with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. The actual SAR of the device while operating can be well below the maximum value, because the device operates at multiple power levels and uses only the power required to reach the network. When installed in the notebook computer, this device meets RF exposure guidelines when the antennas are positioned at a minimum distance from the body. In order to transmit data or messages, this device requires a quality connection to the network. In some cases, transmission of data or messages may be delayed until such a connection becomes available. Be sure that the recommended distance is observed until the transmission is complete.

*The non-FCC, international guidelines state that the SAR limit for mobile devices used by the public is 2.0 watts/kilogram (W/kg) averaged over 10 grams of body tissue. The guidelines incorporate a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements. SAR values may vary depending on national reporting requirements and the network band. This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. Ergonomics notice Germany Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the ergonomic requirements and are suitable only for short-time use of VDU tasks. When a mobile computer is used for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit (VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000:2008 This device is intended for use at visual display workplaces in compliance with BildscharbV, only with external keyboard and adequate external monitor. During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sun light) reflections may occur which result in reduced readability. Mobile Computer, welche das "GS" Zeichen tragen, entsprechen den ergonomischen Anforderungen und sind nur fr kurzzeitige Benutzung von Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben geeignet. Wird ein mobiler Computer fr Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben verwendet, wo die Richtlinie 90/270/EEG

(Bildschirmarbeitsrichtlinie) anzuwenden ist, wird eine geeignete externe Tastatur notwendig. Abhngig von der Anwendung und der Aufgabe kann ein geeigneter externer Monitor erforderlich sein, um vergleichbare Arbeitsbedingungen zu einem stationren Arbeitsplatz zu erreichen. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000:2008 Das Gert ist fr die Benutzung am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz gem BildscharbV nur mit externer Tastatur und geeignetem Monitor vorgesehen. 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Bei mobiler Nutzung mit ungnstigen Lichtverhltnissen (z.B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen und damit zu Einschrnkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen. Japan notices Wireless LAN 802.11b devices Wireless LAN 802.11g devices Bluetooth devices Japan notices 7 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. South Korea notice Mexico notice La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) este equipo puede que no cause interferencia y (2) este equipo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo interferencia que pueda ser causada por la operacin no deseada. Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are onboard aircraft. The use of these devices onboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Thailand WWAN wireless notice This telecom equipment has complied with NTC regulations. Taiwan notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Wireless LAN 802.11b devices Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment onboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. Thailand WWAN wireless notice 9 User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general in household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. ENERGY STAR compliance As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the EPAs enhanced product qualification and certification process to ensure that the products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR qualified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-qualified computers:

The ENERGY STAR program for computers was created by the EPA to promote energy efficiency and reduce air pollution through more energy-efficient equipment in homes, offices, and factories. One way that products achieve this goal is by using the Microsoft Windows power management feature to reduce power consumption when the product is not in use. The power management feature allows the computer to initiate a low-power or Sleep mode after a period of user inactivity. When used with an external ENERGY STAR qualified monitor, this feature also supports similar power management features of the monitor. To take advantage of these potential energy savings, the power management feature has been preset to behave in the following ways when the system is operating on AC power:

Turn off the display after 15 minutes Initiate Sleep after 30 minutes The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. 10 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Laser compliance WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007. Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. Laser compliance 11 U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. 12 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices U.S. modem declarations Refer to the following modem vendor declarations for the modem device installed in your computer:

Modem notices 13 14 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices Canada modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japan modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the V.92 56K Data/Fax Modem is below:

New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. Modem notices 15 c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.5 m (5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. Japan power cord notice 16 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices DC plug of external HP power supply NOTE: This product is designed for IT power systems in Norway with phase-to-phase voltage not exceeding 240 V rms. NOTE: The computer operating voltage and current can be found on the system regulatory label. Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Macrovision Corporation notice 17 2 Safety notices Heat-related safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950). Potential safety conditions notice If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer: crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. User-replaceable battery notices WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, or puncture; do not short external contacts; do not dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Keep the battery away from children. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. 18 Chapter 2 Safety notices Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING! Listening to music at high volume levels and for extended durations can damage ones hearing. To reduce the risk of hearing damage, lower the volume to a safe, comfortable level and reduce the amount of time listening at high levels. For your own safety, before using headsets or earphones, always reset the volume. Some headphones are louder than other headphones, even if the volume control setting is the same. Changing the default audio or equalizer settings might lead to higher volume and should only be done with caution. For your own safety, headsets or earphones used with this product should comply with the headphone limits in EN 50332-2. If the computer includes a headset or earphones, this combination is in compliance to EN 50332-1. Power cord notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet (not by unplugging the power cord from the computer). If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Cleaning the keyboard WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. Clean the keyboard regularly to prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles that can become trapped beneath the keys. A can of compressed air with a straw extension can be used to blow air around and under the keys to loosen and remove debris. Travel notice WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system. Headset and earphone volume level notice 19 3 Environmental notices This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, see the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com/recycle. Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service. 20 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. China material content declarations The Table of Toxic and Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Part Name Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Toxic and Hazardous Substances and Elements Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Chemical substances 21 Toxic and Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external TV tuner USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O: Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement in SJ/T11363-2006. X: Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogeneous materials used for this part is above the limit requirement in SJ/T11363-2006. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Union's RoHS Legislation Directive 2002/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 January 2003 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment and its amendments. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity. 22 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Japan material content declaration A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide material content declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, see the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Japan material content declaration 23 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration (components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). Turkey EEE regulation In Conformity with the EEE regulation EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur Ukraine Restriction of Hazardous Substances The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.

, 3 2008 1057. Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. This products real-time clock battery or coin cell battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. 24 Chapter 3 Environmental notices Index A airline travel notice 9 B battery notice 10, 18, 24 battery recycling 20 Brazil notice 4 C cable grounding notice 19 Canada modem statement 15 Canada notices 4 Canadian French notices 4 China Material Content Declarations 21 D DC plug of external HP power supply notice 17 Declaration of Conformity 3 disposal notices battery 24 battery, user replacement 10 equipment 20 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 20 ENERGY STAR compliance 10 environmental notices 20 equipment disposal notice 20 ergonomics notice 6 European Union notices 4 F Federal Communications Commission cables 2 modifications 2 notice 2 G GS Notice 6 H hardware device, identifying 1 headset and earphone volume level notice 19 J Japan material content declaration 23 Japan modem statement 15 Japan notice 7 Japan power cord notice 16 K keyboard notice 19 L laser safety notice 11 M Macrovision Corporation notice Mexico Sustainable Energy Use 17 Law 24 Mexico wireless notice 8 modem notices 11 modem statements Canada 15 Japan 15 New Zealand 15 U.S. 12 modifications, Federal Communications Commission 2 notices airline travel 9 battery 10, 24 battery, user replacement 18 Brazil 4 Canada 4 Canadian French 4 DC plug of external HP power supply 17 environmental 20 equipment disposal 20 ergonomics 6 European Union 4 Federal Communications Commission 2 headset and earphone volume level 19 Japan 7 Japan power cord 16 keyboard 19 laser safety 11 Macrovision Corporation 17 Mexico 8 modem 11 perchlorate material 24 power cords 16, 19 Singapore 8 South Korea 8 Taiwan 9 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 9 travel 19 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances 24 N New Zealand modem statement 15 P power cord notice 16, 19 Index 25 R recycling, electronic hardware and battery 20 S Singapore wireless notice 8 South Korea notice 8 T Taiwan notice 9 Thailand WWAN wireless notice travel notice 19 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 9 19 U U.S. modem statement 12 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances notice 24 V voice support 16 volume level notice, headset and earphone 19 W wireless LAN devices 3 26 Index

Informations sur les rglementations, la scurit et les conditions d'utilisation Manuel de l'utilisateur Copyright 2012 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth est une marque dtenue par son propritaire et utilise sous licence par Hewlett-Packard Company. ENERGY STAR est une marque dpose du gouvernement des tats-Unis. Java est une marque dpose de Sun Microsystems. Microsoft, Windows et Windows Vista sont des marques dposes de Microsoft Corporation aux tats-Unis. Les informations contenues dans ce document peuvent tre modifies sans pravis. Les garanties relatives aux produits et aux services HP sont dcrites dans les dclarations de garantie limite expresse qui les accompagnent. Aucun lment du prsent document ne peut tre interprt comme constituant une garantie supplmentaire. HP ne saurait tre tenu pour responsable des erreurs ou omissions de nature technique ou rdactionnelle qui pourraient subsister dans le prsent document. Troisime dition : septembre 2012 Deuxime dition : juillet 2012 Premire dition : mars 2012 Rfrence du document : 689409-053 propos de ce manuel Ce manuel fournit des informations sur les rglementations, la scurit et les conditions d'utilisation en conformit avec les rglementations amricaines, canadiennes et internationales en matire d'ordinateurs portables, d'ordinateurs de bureau, de clients lgers et de stations de travail personnelles. AVERTISSEMENT ! Le non-respect des instructions expose l'utilisateur des risques potentiellement trs graves. ATTENTION : Le non-respect des instructions prsente des risques, tant pour le matriel que pour les informations qu'il contient. REMARQUE : Le texte ainsi dfini fournit des informations importantes supplmentaires. iii iv propos de ce manuel Sommaire 1 Avis de rglementation sur les ordinateurs portables ................................................................................ 1 Rglementation FCC ............................................................................................................................ 3 Modifications ........................................................................................................................ 3 Cbles .................................................................................................................................. 3 Dclaration de conformit des produits portant le logo FCC (tats-Unis uniquement) ....... 4 Produits avec appareils sans fil LAN ou modules HP Mobile Broadband ........................... 4 Avis pour le Brsil ................................................................................................................................. 5 Avis pour le Canada ............................................................................................................................. 5 Avis pour l'Union europenne .............................................................................................................. 6 Dclaration de conformit .................................................................................................... 6 Produits quips de modules sans fil (EMF) ....................................................... 7 Dclaration relative au rseau tlphonique europen (modem/fax) ................. 7 Avis sur l'ergonomie ............................................................................................ 8 Allemagne (texte en franais) ............................................................. 8 Allemagne (texte en allemand) ........................................................... 8 Avis pour le Japon ................................................................................................................................ 9 Priphriques LAN, priphriques WAN et marques de certification pour les priphriques Bluetooth ..................................................................................................... 10 Avis pour la Core du Sud ................................................................................................................. 10 Avis pour le Mexique .......................................................................................................................... 10 Avis sur les appareils sans fil pour Singapour .................................................................................... 11 Avis sur les appareils sans fil WWAN pour la Thalande ................................................................... 11 Avis pour Tawan ................................................................................................................................ 11 Priphriques WLAN 802.11a ........................................................................................... 11 Priphriques WLAN 802.11b ........................................................................................... 12 Avis sur les utilisations en vol ............................................................................................................. 12 Avis sur les batteries remplaables par l'utilisateur ............................................................................ 12 Conformit ENERGY STAR ............................................................................................................ 12 Conformit du laser ............................................................................................................................ 13 Avis sur les modems .......................................................................................................................... 14 Homologations des priphriques de tlcommunication ................................................. 14 Avis sur les modems pour les tats-Unis .......................................................................... 14 v Dclarations sur les modems pour les tats-Unis ............................................................. 16 Avis sur les modems pour le Canada ................................................................................ 17 Avis sur les modems pour le Japon ................................................................................... 17 Avis sur les modems pour la Nouvelle-Zlande ................................................................ 17 Support vocal .................................................................................................... 18 Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation .................................................................................................... 18 Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation pour le Japon ............................................................. 18 Prise CC de la source d'alimentation externe HP .............................................................. 18 Avis de Macrovision Corporation ........................................................................................................ 19 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles ...................................................................................................................................................... 20 Avis sur les modems .......................................................................................................................... 20 Homologations des priphriques de tlcommunication ................................................. 20 Avis sur les modems pour les tats-Unis .......................................................................... 21 Avis sur les modems pour le Canada ................................................................................ 22 Avis sur les modems pour le Japon ................................................................................... 22 Avis sur les modems pour la Nouvelle-Zlande ................................................................ 22 Assistance vocale ............................................................................................. 23 Avis de compatibilit lectromagntique ............................................................................................ 23 Avis de la FCC ................................................................................................................... 24 Modifications ..................................................................................................... 24 Cbles ............................................................................................................... 24 Dclaration de conformit pour les produits portant le logo FCC (tats-Unis uniquement) ...................................................................................................... 25 Produits quips de priphriques LAN sans fil ............................................... 25 Dclaration sur les tlcommunications pour l'Australie ................................................... 25 Avis pour le Brsil .............................................................................................................. 26 Avis pour le Canada .......................................................................................................... 26 Avis pour l'Union europenne ............................................................................................ 26 Dclaration de conformit ................................................................................. 26 Produits quips de modules sans fil ............................................... 27 Dclaration relative au rseau tlphonique europen (modem/

fax) .................................................................................................... 28 Avis sur l'ergonomie ......................................................................... 28 Avis pour le Japon ............................................................................................................. 28 Marques de certification des priphriques WLAN et Bluetooth ....................... 29 Avis pour la Core du Sud ................................................................................................. 29 Avis pour le Mexique ......................................................................................................... 30 Avis pour Tawan ............................................................................................................... 30 vi 3 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs portables ....................................................................................... 31 Notice d'avertissement relative la chaleur ....................................................................................... 31 Avis sur les risques lis la scurit .................................................................................................. 31 Avis sur les batteries remplaables par l'utilisateur ............................................................................ 32 Avis sur le niveau du volume du casque et des couteurs ................................................................ 32 Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation .................................................................................................... 33 Nettoyage du clavier ........................................................................................................................... 33 Avis sur les dplacements .................................................................................................................. 33 Avis de scurit pour la Chine ............................................................................................................ 34 Chine : avis sur l'altitude .................................................................................................... 34 Chine : avis sur une utilisation dans des conditions tropicales .......................................... 34 Norvge et Sude : notice de mise la terre des cbles pour les produits quips d'un tuner TV ... 34 4 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles ...................................................................................................................................................... 35 Informations importantes relatives la scurit ................................................................................. 35 Conditions d'installation ...................................................................................................................... 36 Avis sur le remplacement de la batterie ............................................................................................. 36 Avis sur le volume des casques et des couteurs ............................................................................. 37 Informations de scurit relatives au laser ......................................................................................... 37 Exigences relatives au bloc d'alimentation et au cordon d'alimentation ............................................. 37 Exigences relatives la mise la terre des alimentations de classe 1 ............................. 37 Danemark .......................................................................................................... 38 Finlande ............................................................................................................ 38 Norvge ............................................................................................................. 38 Sude ................................................................................................................ 38 Exigences relatives l'alimentation ................................................................................... 38 Pour une utilisation en Norvge ........................................................................ 38 Cordons d'alimentation requis ........................................................................................... 39 Spcifications du cordon d'alimentation pour le Japon ...................................................... 39 Risque de pincement .......................................................................................................................... 39 Avis de scurit pour la Chine ............................................................................................................ 40 Chine : avis sur l'altitude .................................................................................................... 40 Chine : avis sur une utilisation dans des conditions tropicales .......................................... 40 Avis d'acoustique pour l'Allemagne .................................................................................................... 41 5 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs portables ...................................................... 42 Recyclage du matriel lectronique et de la batterie ......................................................................... 42 Mise au rebut des quipements par les utilisateurs ........................................................................... 42 Substances chimiques ....................................................................................................................... 42 Avis sur l'environnement pour la Chine .............................................................................................. 43 vii Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour la Chine (RoHS) ....................................... 43 Dclaration de contenu de l'quipement pour le Japon ..................................................................... 46 Loi du Mexique sur l'utilisation durable de l'nergie ........................................................................... 46 Rglementation EEE de la Turquie .................................................................................................... 46 Restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour l'Ukraine ................................................... 46 Matriau compos de perchlorate : une manipulation particulire peut tre ncessaire ................... 46 6 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles .......................................................................................................................................... 47 Recyclage du matriel lectronique et des batteries .......................................................................... 47 Mise au rebut des quipements par les utilisateurs ........................................................................... 47 Conformit ENERGY STAR (certains modles) .............................................................................. 47 Substances chimiques ....................................................................................................................... 49 Avis sur le mercure ............................................................................................................................. 49 Matriau compos de perchlorate : une manipulation particulire peut tre ncessaire ................... 49 Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour la Chine (RoHS) ....................................... 49 The Table of Toxic and Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content ................... 50 Dclarations IT ECO .......................................................................................................................... 51 Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour le Japon (RoHS) ....................................... 52 Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico (loi du Mexique sur l'utilisation durable de l'nergie) ......................................................................................................... 52 Rglementation EEE de la Turquie .................................................................................................... 52

(restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour l'Ukraine) .............................................................................................................. 53 Index ................................................................................................................................................................... 54 viii 1 Avis de rglementation sur les ordinateurs portables Ce chapitre fournit des avis de rglementation spcifiques des pays et des rgions concernant les produits filaires et sans fil, ainsi que des informations de conformit concernant l'ordinateur. Certains de ces avis peuvent ne pas s'appliquer votre produit. Un ou plusieurs priphriques sans fil intgrs peuvent tre installs. Dans certains environnements, l'utilisation d'appareils sans fil peut tre limite. Ces restrictions peuvent s'appliquer dans les avions, dans les hpitaux, proximit d'explosifs, dans des lieux dangereux, etc. Si vous n'tes pas sr des rgles qui s'appliquent ce produit, demandez si vous pouvez l'utiliser avant de le mettre sous tension. Pour identifier un priphrique matriel, tel qu'un priphrique rseau LAN sans fil (WLAN), choisissez la procdure ci-dessous qui correspond au systme d'exploitation excut sur votre ordinateur. Sous Windows Vista, procdez comme suit :

1. Slectionnez Dmarrer > Ordinateur > Proprits systme. 2. Dans le volet gauche, cliquez sur Gestionnaire de priphriques. Sous Windows 7, procdez comme suit :

Slectionnez Dmarrer > Panneau de configuration > Systme et scurit > Gestionnaire de priphriques. Sous Windows 8, procdez comme suit :

1. Dans l'cran d'accueil, tapez c, puis slectionnez Panneau de configuration. 2. Slectionnez Systme et scurit, puis slectionnez Gestionnaire de priphriques dans la zone Systme. La liste de tous les priphriques installs sur votre ordinateur s'affiche. Pour les systmes d'exploitation non Windows, suivez les instructions fournies par votre systme d'exploitation pour identifier un priphrique matriel tel qu'un priphrique rseau LAN sans fil

(WLAN). Des tiquettes de rglementation spcifiques votre pays ou rgion peuvent tre apposes sous le produit : sous la batterie, sous une trappe accessible par l'utilisateur (ou tout autre emplacement accessible par l'utilisateur), sur le module sans fil ou sur le modem. 1 Sous Windows 7, pour consulter le numro d'identification FCC d'un module radio de votre ordinateur portable (par exemple, Bluetooth, WLAN ou WWAN), procdez comme suit :

1. 2. 3. Allumez ou redmarrez l'ordinateur puis appuyez sur echap lorsque le message Press the ESC key for Startup Menu (Pour accder au menu de dmarrage, appuyez sur la touche echap) s'affiche en bas de l'cran. Appuyez sur f10 pour accder au BIOS. Slectionnez le menu System Configuration (Configuration du systme). Sous Windows 8, procdez comme suit :

1. Mettez l'ordinateur sous tension ou redmarrez-le, puis appuyez sur la touche echap lorsque le message Press the ESC key for Startup Menu (Pour accder au menu de dmarrage, appuyez sur la touche echap) apparat en bas de l'cran. 2. Appuyez sur f10 pour accder Computer Setup. Les identifiants FCC sont affichs en bas de l'cran. ATTENTION : Les appareils qui ne sont pas destins la vente ou une utilisation aux tats-Unis ne possdent peut-tre pas d'identifiants FCC. 2 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation sur les ordinateurs portables Rglementation FCC Le prsent quipement a t test et dclar conforme aux limites d'un appareil numrique de Classe B, telles que dfinies dans l'article 15 des rglementations FCC. Ces limites sont conues pour fournir une protection raisonnable contre les interfrences prjudiciables dans un environnement rsidentiel. Le prsent quipement gnre, utilise et peut mettre une nergie de radiofrquence et, s'il n'est pas install et utilis conformment aux instructions, peut entraner des interfrences prjudiciables pour les radiocommunications. Cependant, tout risque d'interfrences ne peut tre totalement exclu dans certains environnements spcifiques. Si ce matriel devait provoquer des interfrences avec une radio ou un tlviseur, ce qu'il est facile de dceler en teignant puis en rallumant ce matriel, il est alors vivement conseill l'utilisateur d'essayer de supprimer ces interfrences en prenant une ou plusieurs des mesures suivantes :

Rorienter ou repositionner l'antenne de rception. loigner le matriel informatique du rcepteur. Brancher le matriel informatique sur la prise d'un circuit autre que celui sur lequel est branch le rcepteur. Demander conseil un revendeur ou un technicien de radio ou de tlvision expriment. Modifications La FCC stipule que l'utilisateur doit tre inform que toute modification opre sur l'appareil, n'ayant pas t expressment approuve par HP, peut entraner l'annulation des droits d'exploitation du produit dont bnficie l'utilisateur. Cbles Pour tre conformes la rglementation de la FCC, les connexions d'entre de l'appareil doivent tre tablies avec des cbles blinds munis d'embouts de connecteurs RFI/EMI mtalliques. Rglementation FCC 3 Dclaration de conformit des produits portant le logo FCC (tats-Unis uniquement) Cet appareil est conforme l'article 15 des rglementations FCC. Son utilisation est soumise aux deux conditions suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d'interfrences nuisibles. 2. Cet appareil doit accepter toutes interfrences reues, notamment des interfrences pouvant provoquer un fonctionnement non voulu. Si vous souhaitez poser des questions sur le produit qui ne sont pas en rapport avec cette dclaration, crivez l'adresse suivante :

Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, TX 77269-2000, tats-Unis Pour toute question concernant cette dclaration FCC, crivez-nous l'adresse suivante :

Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, TX 77269-2000, tats-Unis ou appelez HP au (281) 514-3333. Pour identifier le produit, reportez-vous au numro de rfrence, de srie ou de modle inscrit sur le produit. Produits avec appareils sans fil LAN ou modules HP Mobile Broadband Cet appareil ne doit pas tre situ proximit d'une autre antenne ou d'un metteur, ni fonctionner en mme temps. AVERTISSEMENT ! Exposition aux rayonnements de frquence radio La puissance de sortie mise par cet appareil est nettement infrieure aux limites d'exposition aux frquences radio dictes par le FCC. Toutefois, l'appareil doit tre utilis de sorte que les possibilits de contact humain soient rduites au maximum pendant le fonctionnement normal des tablettes et des ordinateurs portables. Pendant le fonctionnement normal de tablettes et d'ordinateurs portables dont les crans sont infrieurs ou gaux 30,5 cm (12 pouces) : pour viter de dpasser les limites d'expositions aux frquences radio dictes dans la rglementation FCC, il est prfrable de ne pas s'approcher plus de 2,5 cm (1 pouce) de l'antenne. Pour identifier l'emplacement des antennes sans fil, reportez-vous aux manuels de l'utilisateur qui accompagnent votre ordinateur. Pendant le fonctionnement normal d'ordinateurs portables dont les crans sont suprieurs 30,5 cm

(12 pouces) : Pour viter tout risque de dpassement des limites d'exposition aux frquences radio dictes par la FCC, les antennes ne doivent pas se trouver moins de 20 cm (8 pouces) de l'utilisateur, y compris lorsque l'cran de l'ordinateur est ferm. Pour identifier l'emplacement des antennes sans fil, reportez-vous aux manuels de l'utilisateur qui accompagnent votre ordinateur. 4 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation sur les ordinateurs portables ATTENTION : Lorsque vous utilisez un rseau local sans fil IEEE 802.11a, abstenez-vous d'utiliser ce matriel l'extrieur. En effet, il fonctionne dans la plage de frquences allant de 5,15 5,25 GHz. La FCC exige que ce matriel soit utilis l'intrieur pour la plage de frquences comprise entre 5,15 et 5,25 GHz, afin de rduire les risques d'interfrence avec les systmes de satellites du service mobile du canal commun. Un radar puissance leve est allou comme premier utilisateur des bandes de frquence allant de 5,25 5,35 GHz et de 5,65 5,85 GHz. Ces stations radar peuvent entraner des interfrences avec cet appareil et/ou l'endommager. Avis pour le Brsil Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Avis pour le Canada Cet appareil numrique de Classe B respecte toutes les exigences des rglementations canadiennes sur les quipements pouvant causer des interfrences. Si ce priphrique est quip de fonctions WLAN ou Bluetooth, il est conforme aux normes RSS exemptes de licence dictes par Industry Canada. Son fonctionnement est soumis deux conditions : (1) ce priphrique ne doit pas gnrer d'interfrence et (2) ce priphrique doit supporter toutes les interfrences reues, y compris les interfrences qui pourraient entraner un mauvais fonctionnement. AVERTISSEMENT ! Exposition aux radiations de frquence radio : la puissance de rayonnement de cet appareil est infrieure aux limites d'exposition aux radiations mises par les frquences radio dictes par Industrie Canada. Toutefois, l'appareil doit tre utilis de sorte que les possibilits de contact humain soient rduites au maximum pendant son fonctionnement normal. Pendant le fonctionnement normal de tablettes et d'ordinateurs portables dont les crans sont infrieurs ou gaux 30,5 cm (12 pouces) : pour viter de dpasser les limites d'exposition aux frquences radio dictes par Industrie Canada, il est prfrable de ne pas s'approcher plus de 2,5 cm (1 pouce) de l'antenne. Pour identifier l'emplacement des antennes sans fil, reportez-vous aux manuels de l'utilisateur qui accompagnent votre ordinateur. Pendant le fonctionnement normal d'ordinateurs portables dont les crans sont suprieurs 30,5 cm

(12 pouces) : pour viter tout risque de dpassement des limites d'exposition aux frquences radio dictes par Industrie Canada, les antennes ne doivent pas se trouver moins de 20 cm (8 pouces) de l'utilisateur, y compris lorsque l'cran de l'ordinateur est ferm. Pour identifier l'emplacement des antennes sans fil, reportez-vous aux manuels de l'utilisateur qui accompagnent votre ordinateur. ATTENTION : Lorsque vous utilisez un rseau local sans fil IEEE 802.11a, abstenez-vous d'utiliser ce matriel l'extrieur. En effet, il fonctionne dans la plage de frquences allant de 5,15 5,25 GHz. Industrie Canada exige que ce matriel soit utilis l'intrieur pour la plage de frquences comprise entre 5,15 et 5,25 GHz, afin de rduire les risques d'interfrence avec les systmes de satellites du service mobile du canal commun. Un radar puissance leve est allou comme premier utilisateur des bandes de frquence allant de 5,25 5,35 GHz et de 5,65 5,85 GHz. Ces stations radar peuvent entraner des interfrences avec cet appareil et/ou l'endommager. Les antennes de ce priphrique ne sont pas remplaables. Toute tentative d'accs par l'utilisateur endommagera l'ordinateur. Avis pour le Brsil 5 Avis pour l'Union europenne Dclaration de conformit Les produits portant la marque CE sont conformes une ou plusieurs directives de l'UE suivantes, le cas chant :

Directive relative la basse tension 2006/95/CE Directive EMC 2004/108/CE Directive Ecodesign 2009/125/CE Directive R&TTE 1999/5/CE Directive RoHS 2011/65/CE La conformit CE de ce produit est uniquement valable si ce dernier est aliment par un adaptateur secteur estampill CE (le cas chant) et un cordon d'alimentation fournis par HP. Reportez-vous la section Cordons d'alimentation requis la page 39. La conformit ces directives implique la conformit aux normes europennes harmonises applicables (normes europennes) qui sont prsentes dans la dclaration de conformit de l'UE dicte par HP pour ce produit ou cette gamme de produits et disponibles soit dans la documentation du produit soit sur le site Web suivant : www.hp.eu/certificates (effectuez une recherche partir du nom de modle du produit ou de son numro de produit, accessible sur l'tiquette de conformit). La conformit est reprsente par la marque de conformit CE ci-aprs. Pour certains produits de tlcommunications, le numro 4 chiffres d'un organisme de certification peut tre ajout en suffixe. Reportez-vous l'tiquette de conformit appose sur le produit. La fonctionnalit de tlcommunications de ce produit peut tre utilise dans les pays de l'Union europenne et de l'AELE suivants : Allemagne, Autriche, Belgique, Bulgarie, Chypre, Danemark, Espagne, Estonie, Finlande, France, Grce, Hongrie, Irlande, Islande, Lettonie, Liechtenstein, Lituanie, Luxembourg, Malte, Norvge, Pays-Bas, Pologne, Portugal, Rpublique tchque, Roumanie, Royaume-Uni, Slovaquie, Slovnie, Sude et Suisse. Pour toute question portant sur les rglementations, contactez Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS cette adresse : HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, ALLEMAGNE. 6 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation sur les ordinateurs portables Produits quips de modules sans fil (EMF) CET APPAREIL EST CONFORME AUX NORMES INTERNATIONALES EN MATIRE D'EXPOSITION AUX RAYONNEMENTS DE FRQUENCE RADIO. Le module sans fil intgr votre ordinateur portable est un metteur et rcepteur radio. Cet appareil est conu pour ne pas dpasser les limites d'exposition aux frquences radio dfinies par des directives internationales (ICNIRP). Ces limites sont dfinies dans le cadre de directives qui tablissent les niveaux autoriss de rayonnements de frquence radio pour l'ensemble de la population. Ces directives, dictes par des organismes scientifiques indpendants, s'appuient sur une valuation rgulire et minutieuse de diffrentes tudes scientifiques. Cet appareil est galement conforme aux directives R&TTE europennes relatives la protection de la sant et de la scurit des personnes. La norme d'exposition dfinie pour les appareils mobiles utilise une unit de mesure appele SAR

(Specific Absorption Rate, taux d'absorption spcifique).* Ce taux a t obtenu via des tests au cours desquels les appareils ont effectu des transmissions au niveau de puissance certifi le plus lev, dans toutes les bandes de frquence. Le taux SAR rel de l'appareil en cours de fonctionnement peut tre bien infrieur la valeur maximale dfinie, dans la mesure o il fonctionne diffrents niveaux de puissance et utilise uniquement la puissance requise pour atteindre le rseau. Install dans l'ordinateur portable, cet appareil est conforme aux directives en matire d'exposition aux frquences radio lorsque les antennes se trouvent une distance minimale du corps. Pour transmettre des donnes ou des messages, l'appareil doit disposer d'une connexion de qualit au rseau. Dans certains cas, les transmissions de donnes ou de messages peuvent tre retardes jusqu' ce qu'une connexion soit disponible. Veillez respecter la distance conseille jusqu' la fin de la transmission.

*Les directives internationales autres que celles de la FCC indiquent que la limite SAR pour les appareils mobiles utiliss par le grand public est de 2 watts/kilogramme (W/kg), calcul sur une moyenne de 10 grammes de masse tissulaire. Ces directives incluent une marge de scurit importante pour une protection accrue du grand public et pour tenir compte des variations dans les mesures. Les valeurs SAR peuvent varier selon les exigences locales en matire de reporting et selon la bande du rseau. Cet quipement intgre un appareil de transmission et rception radiolectrique. Lors d'une utilisation standard, l'observation d'une distance de sparation de 20 cm permet aux niveaux d'exposition des frquences radio de respecter la conformit des normes australiennes et no-zlandaises. Dclaration relative au rseau tlphonique europen (modem/fax) Le produit ci-joint est conforme aux spcifications de la directive 1999/5/CE (annexe II) sur les quipements hertziens et quipements terminaux de tlcommunications et porte en consquence la marque CE. Cependant, des diffrences existant entre les rseaux tlphoniques publics commuts

(RTPC) nationaux prsents dans les diffrents pays/rgions, cette homologation en elle-mme ne garantit pas la russite de toutes les oprations sur tous les points de terminaison du RTPC. En cas de problme, prenez contact avec le fournisseur auprs duquel vous vous tes procur votre quipement. L'quipement a t conu pour fonctionner avec les rseaux DTMF analogiques. Cet quipement peut connatre des difficults d'interconnexion sur les rseaux RTPC prenant uniquement en charge la composition impulsions. Contactez votre oprateur rseau pour bnficier d'une aide supplmentaire. Avis pour l'Union europenne 7 Avis sur l'ergonomie Allemagne (texte en franais) Lorsqu'un ordinateur portable est utilis sur une station de travail professionnelle dans le cadre d'un travail sur cran de visualisation o la directive 90/270/CEE relative aux crans de visualisation est applicable, un clavier externe adapt est recommand. Selon l'application et le travail ralis, un moniteur externe adapt peut galement tre ncessaire pour obtenir des conditions de travail comparables celles d'une station de travail. Rf : EK1-ITB 2000 (certification GS volontaire) Les ordinateurs portables portant la marque d'homologation GS sont conformes aux exigences en matire d'ergonomie. Sans clavier externe, ils sont uniquement adapts aux tches ponctuelles sur cran de visualisation. Une utilisation mobile dans de mauvaises conditions de luminosit (par exemple, lumire directe du soleil) peut occasionner des reflets et donc rduire la lisibilit. Allemagne (texte en allemand) Wird ein mobiler Computer fr Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben verwendet, wo die Richtlinie 90/270/EEG

(Bildschirmarbeitsrichtlinie) anzuwenden ist, wird eine geeignete externe Tastatur notwendig. Abhngig von der Anwendung und der Aufgabe kann ein geeigneter externer Monitor erforderlich sein, um vergleichbare Arbeitsbedingungen zu einem stationren Arbeitsplatz zu erreichen. Rf : EK1-ITB 2000 (freiwillige GS Zertifizierung) Mobile Computer, welche das "GS" Zeichen tragen, entsprechen den ergonomischen Anforderungen und sind nur fr kurzzeitige Benutzung von Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben geeignet. Bei mobiler Nutzung mit ungnstigen Lichtverhltnissen (z.B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen und damit zu Einschrnkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen. 8 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation sur les ordinateurs portables Avis pour le Japon Avis pour le Japon 9 Priphriques LAN, priphriques WAN et marques de certification pour les priphriques Bluetooth This product contains certified radio equipment. Avis pour la Core du Sud Avis pour le Mexique Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Si su producto se brinda con accesorios inalmbricos como un teclado o un mouse y necesita identificar el modelo del accesorio, consulte la etiqueta incluida en ese accesorio. 10 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation sur les ordinateurs portables Avis sur les appareils sans fil pour Singapour Mettez hors tension les priphriques WWAN lorsque vous tes bord d'avions. L'utilisation de ces appareils bord d'avions est illgale, peut tre dangereuse pour le fonctionnement de l'avion et risque de perturber le rseau de tlphonie mobile. Le non-respect de cette instruction peut entraner la suspension ou le refus de services cellulaires au contrevenant, ou des actions juridiques, ou les deux. Les utilisateurs doivent limiter l'emploi d'quipement radio dans des dpts de carburant, usines chimiques et l o des explosions sont en cours. Comme pour les autres quipements mobiles de transmission par frquences radiolectriques, il est recommand aux utilisateurs, pour le bon fonctionnement de leur quipement et pour la scurit du personnel, de ne pas trop approcher les antennes du corps humain au cours du fonctionnement de l'quipement. Ce priphrique a t conu pour tre conforme aux exigences applicables pour l'exposition aux ondes radio, en fonction de normes scientifiques qui comprennent des plages destines assurer la scurit de tout le monde, quel que soit l'ge et l'tat de sant. Ces rgles d'exposition aux ondes radio utilisent une unit de mesure appele taux d'absorption spcifique (SAR - Specific Absorption Rate). Les tests relatifs aux taux d'absorption sont mens l'aide de mthodes standardises, le tlphone transmettant son niveau de certifi le plus lev dans toutes les bandes de frquences utilises. Les informations de donnes SAR se basent sur les normes EN50360 et EN50361 de CENELEC, qui utilisent la limite de 2 watts par kilogramme, sur une moyenne de 10 grammes de tissu. Avis sur les appareils sans fil WWAN pour la Thalande Cet quipement de tlcommunications est conforme aux rglementations de la NTC. Avis pour Tawan Priphriques WLAN 802.11a Avis sur les appareils sans fil pour Singapour 11 Priphriques WLAN 802.11b Avis sur les utilisations en vol L'utilisation d'quipement lectronique bord d'un avion commercial est laisse la discrtion de la compagnie arienne. Avis sur les batteries remplaables par l'utilisateur Lorsqu'une batterie atteint la fin de sa vie utile, ne la jetez pas avec les dchets mnagers ordinaires. Appliquez les lois et rglementations locales en matire de mise au rebut des batteries d'ordinateur. HP encourage ses clients recycler les quipements lectroniques usags, les cartouches d'impression HP d'origine et les batteries rechargeables. Pour plus d'informations sur les programmes de recyclage, consultez le site Web HP l'adresse http://www.hp.com/recycle. Pour des informations sur le retrait d'une batterie remplaable par l'utilisateur, reportez-vous au manuel de l'utilisateur livr avec le produit. Conformit ENERGY STAR En tant que partenaire ENERGY STAR, HP a suivi le processus avanc de qualification et de certification des produits de l'EPA pour s'assurer que les produits portant le logo ENERGY STAR respectaient les rglementations ENERGY STAR en matire de rendement lectrique. Le logo suivant apparat sur tous les ordinateurs respectant les spcifications ENERGY STAR :

Le programme ENERGY STAR pour les ordinateurs a t cr par l'EPA pour encourager l'efficacit nergtique et rduire la pollution atmosphrique grce l'utilisation d'quipements meilleur 12 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation sur les ordinateurs portables rendement lectrique chez soi, au bureau et dans les usines. Une manire d'atteindre cet objectif consiste utiliser la fonction de gestion de l'alimentation de Microsoft Windows pour rduire la consommation d'nergie lorsque le produit n'est pas utilis. Cette fonction permet la mise en mode veille de l'ordinateur aprs une priode d'inactivit de l'utilisateur. Lorsque vous utilisez cette fonction avec un moniteur conforme au programme ENERGY STAR, les fonctions de gestion de l'alimentation du moniteur sont galement prises en charge. Pour profiter de ces conomies d'nergie potentielles, la fonction de gestion de l'alimentation est prconfigure comme suit lorsque le systme fonctionne sur secteur :

Dsactivation de l'cran aprs 10 minutes Mise en veille aprs 20 minutes Le mode veille est dsactiv par une simple pression sur le bouton d'alimentation/de veille. Lorsque la fonction Wake On LAN d'veil par appel rseau est active, le mode veille peut galement tre dsactiv en rponse un signal du rseau. Vous trouverez des informations complmentaires sur les conomies nergtiques et financires ralisables avec la fonction de gestion de l'alimentation sur le site Web du programme ENERGY STAR de l'U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), cette adresse http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Vous trouverez galement des informations sur le programme ENERGY STAR et ses avantages pour l'environnement sur le site Web ENERGY STAR de l'U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), cette adresse http://www.energystar.gov. Conformit du laser AVERTISSEMENT ! L'utilisation de mthodes de contrle ou de rglage ou de procdures, autres que celles indiques dans ce document ou dans le manuel d'installation d'appareils rayon laser, peut exposer l'utilisateur des radiations dangereuses. Pour rduire le risque d'exposition un rayonnement dangereux :

N'essayez pas d'ouvrir le botier du module. Il ne contient pas de pice rparable par l'utilisateur. N'utilisez pas de commandes, n'excutez aucun rglage ni aucune procdure au priphrique laser autre que ceux qui figurent dans le manuel d'installation du produit laser. Seul un mainteneur agr est autoris rparer l'unit. Ce produit peut tre fourni avec un priphrique de stockage optique (par exemple, un lecteur de CD ou DVD) et/ou un metteur-rcepteur fibre optique. Chacun de ces appareils qui contient un laser est class comme produit laser de classe 1 conformment la norme CEI/EN 60825-1 et rpond aux critres de scurit de cette norme. Chaque produit laser est conforme aux paragraphes 21 CFR 1040.10 et 1040.11 des rglementations FDA des tats-Unis ou est conforme ces rglementations l'exception des dviations relatives l'avis sur le laser No. 50, en date du 24 juin 2007. Conformit du laser 13 Avis sur les modems AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire le risque d'incendie, d'lectrocution et de blessures pendant l'utilisation de cet appareil, suivez systmatiquement les rgles de scurit de base suivantes :

N'utilisez pas l'appareil proximit d'eau, par exemple prs d'une baignoire, d'un lavabo, d'un vier ou d'une piscine, ou encore dans une cave humide. vitez d'utiliser l'appareil pendant un orage. Il existe en effet un risque d'lectrocution d la foudre. N'utilisez jamais cet appareil pour signaler une fuite de gaz, si vous vous trouvez proximit de la fuite. Dbranchez systmatiquement le cble du modem avant d'ouvrir l'enceinte de l'appareil ou de toucher un cble modem non isol, une prise jack ou un composant interne. Si cet appareil n'a pas t fourni avec un cordon tlphonique, n'utilisez qu'un cordon tlphonique No. 26 AWG ou suprieur. Ne branchez pas un cble de modem ou de tlphone dans la prise rseau (RJ-45). GARDEZ CES INSTRUCTIONS Homologations des priphriques de tlcommunication Le priphrique de tlcommunication de votre ordinateur est homologu pour une connexion au rseau tlphonique des pays et rgions dont le certificat d'homologation apparat sur l'tiquette du produit appose sur la base de l'ordinateur ou sur le modem. Pour vrifier que ce matriel est configur pour le pays ou la rgion o il se trouve, reportez-vous au manuel d'utilisation qui l'accompagne. Si vous slectionnez un pays ou une rgion autre que celui ou celle dans lequel se trouve le modem, il risque de violer les lois de tlcommunication du pays ou de la rgion. De plus, votre modem risque de ne pas fonctionner correctement si vous ne slectionnez pas le bon pays ou la bonne rgion. Si, lorsque vous slectionnez un pays ou une rgion, un message indique que ce pays ou cette rgion n'est pas compatible, c'est que le modem n'a pas t agr dans ce pays ou cette rgion et ne doit donc pas tre utilis. Avis sur les modems pour les tats-Unis Cet quipement est conforme l'article 68 des rglementations FCC et aux conditions adoptes par l'ACTA. Une tiquette appose sur la face infrieure de l'ordinateur ou sur le modem comporte, entre autres informations, un identificateur de produit au format amricain : AAAEQ##TXXXX. Fournissez ces informations la compagnie tlphonique si elle vous le demande. Homologation applicable prise USOC = RJ11C. Les prises utilises pour connecter cet quipement aux cbles lectriques des lieux et au rseau tlphonique doivent tre conformes l'article 68 des rglementations FCC et aux conditions approuves par l'ACTA. Un cordon tlphonique et une prise modulaire conformes FCC sont livrs avec cet quipement. Il est conu pour tre branch sur une prise modulable galement conforme. Pour des dtails, reportez-vous aux instructions d'installation. Le REN permet de dterminer le nombre de priphriques pouvant tre raccords sur une ligne tlphonique. Si un nombre excessif d'appareils est prsent sur la ligne tlphonique, ceux-ci risquent de ne pas rpondre un appel entrant. Dans la plupart des cas (mais pas toujours), la somme des REN des priphriques raccords sur une ligne ne doit pas dpasser cinq (5). Pour tre sr du nombre d'appareils pouvant tre connects une mme ligne (dtermin par le numro REN), contactez la compagnie de tlphone locale. Pour les produits agrs aprs le 23 juillet 2001, le REN 14 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation sur les ordinateurs portables fait partie de l'identificateur du produit qui est au format amricain : AAAEQ##TXXXX. Les chiffres reprsents par le signe ## constituent le REN sans virgule (par exemple, 03 reprsente un REN de 0,3). Pour les produits antrieurs cette date, le REN est affich sparment sur l'tiquette. Si cet quipement HP dtriore le rseau tlphonique, la compagnie de tlphone vous avisera par avance qu'une interruption de service peut tre requise. Si la compagnie de tlphone ne peut pas vous aviser par avance, vous serez inform ds que possible. Vous serez galement inform de vos droits de rclamation auprs de la FCC si vous le jugez ncessaire. La compagnie de tlphone peut apporter des modifications ses quipements, oprations ou procdures pouvant affecter le bon fonctionnement de votre matriel. Si cela se produit, la compagnie de tlphone vous informera par avance pour vous permettre d'apporter les modifications requises afin d'assurer un service tlphonique sans interruption. Si vous rencontrez des problmes avec cet quipement, contactez le support technique. S'il dtriore le rseau tlphonique, la compagnie tlphonique peut vous demander de le dconnecter jusqu'

ce que le problme soit rsolu. Les seules rparations que vous pouvez effectuer sont celles qui sont prsentes dans la section Rsolution des problmes du manuel de l'utilisateur, si ce dernier est fourni. Le raccord des lignes partages est soumis aux tarifs en vigueur dans votre pays. Pour plus d'informations, contactez les commissions d'utilit publique, la commission de service public ou les commissions d'entreprise. Si votre domicile est quip d'un dispositif d'alarme spcial connect la ligne tlphonique, vrifiez que l'installation de cet quipement HP ne dsactive pas ce dispositif. Si vous avez des questions sur ce qui peut dsactiver le dispositif d'alarme, consultez votre compagnie de tlphone ou un installateur qualifi. La loi de 1991 sur la protection des usagers du tlphone interdit l'utilisation d'un ordinateur ou de tout autre dispositif lectronique, y compris les tlcopieurs, pour l'envoi d'un message, moins que ne soit inscrit clairement sur ce message (dans la marge, le haut ou le bas de chaque page ou sur la premire page) la date et l'heure de l'envoi ainsi que l'identit de la socit expditrice, de l'entit ou du particulier, ainsi que le numro de tlphone de la machine expditrice, de l'entit ou du particulier. Le numro de tlphone ne doit pas tre un numro commenant par 900 ni un numro dont le cot dpasse celui d'un appel local ou longue distance. Pour programmer ces informations dans votre tlcopieur, reportez-vous aux instructions relatives au logiciel d'envoi de tlcopies. Avis sur les modems 15 Dclarations sur les modems pour les tats-Unis Reportez-vous aux dclarations du fabricant du modem ci-aprs pour le modem install dans votre ordinateur :

16 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation sur les ordinateurs portables Avis sur les modems pour le Canada Cet quipement est conforme aux spcifications techniques d'Industrie Canada applicables. Le REN indique le nombre maximal d'appareils pouvant tre connects une interface tlphonique. La terminaison d'une interface peut consister en une combinaison d'appareils quelconque condition que la somme des REN de ces dispositifs ne dpasse pas 5. Le REN de ce terminal de communication est 1. Avis sur les modems pour le Japon Si la marque de certification japonaise ne figure pas sur la base de l'ordinateur, reportez-vous la certification ci-dessous. La marque de certification japonaise pour le modem fax/donnes V.92 56K figure ci-dessous :

Avis sur les modems pour la Nouvelle-Zlande L'octroi d'un Telepermit pour n'importe quel terminal de tlcommunication indique uniquement que Telecom certifie que l'quipement est bien conforme aux exigences minimales de connexion son rseau. Il ne constitue aucunement une prise de responsabilit quant au produit par Telecom, et n'apporte aucune sorte de garantie. Plus particulirement, il n'apporte aucune garantie que l'quipement fonctionnera correctement et en tous points avec un autre quipement Telepermit d'une marque ou d'un modle diffrent, et n'implique pas qu'un produit est compatible avec l'ensemble des services du rseau Telecom. Quelles que soient les conditions d'utilisation, ce matriel ne peut fonctionner correctement aux vitesses suprieures celles pour lesquelles il a t conu. Telecom dcline toute responsabilit si des difficults devaient apparatre dans de telles circonstances. Si cet quipement est dot de la composition impulsions, Telecom ne garantit pas la prise en charge par la ligne de la composition impulsions. L'utilisation de la numrotation par impulsions, sur une ligne partage par plusieurs dispositifs, peut provoquer un dclenchement de la sonnerie ou des parasites et galement une rponse errone. *Si ce type de problme se produit, l'utilisateur ne doit pas contacter les services techniques de Telecom Nouvelle-Zlande. Certains paramtres ncessaires pour une conformit avec les exigences Telepermit de Telecom dpendent du matriel (PC) associ cet appareil. Le matriel associ doit tre configur de manire fonctionner dans les limites prescrites pour tre conforme aux spcifications Telecom :

a. Seules 10 tentatives d'appel maximum peuvent tre effectues au mme numro dans un intervalle de 30 minutes, pour n'importe quelle initialisation manuelle d'appel. b. Un intervalle minimum de 30 secondes doit s'couler entre la fin d'une tentative d'appel et le dbut de la suivante. Avis sur les modems 17 c. d. Lorsque des appels automatiques sont effectus divers numros, un intervalle minimum de 5 secondes doit s'couler entre la fin d'une tentative d'appel et le dbut de la suivante. Le matriel doit tre configur de telle manire que les appels soient traits dans un dlai de 3 30 secondes partir de la rception de la sonnerie (il doit donc tre configur entre 2 et 10 secondes). Support vocal Toutes les personnes qui utilisent cet appareil pour enregistrer des conversations tlphoniques doivent se soumettre la lgislation de la Nouvelle-Zlande. Celle-ci exige qu'au moins une des deux parties participant la conversation doit tre au courant de l'enregistrement. En outre, les principes relatifs la nature des informations personnelles recueillies, aux objectifs de leur collecte, leur utilisation et la divulgation de ces informations des tiers, principes rpertoris dans la loi sur la protection de la vie prive de 1993, doivent tre respects. Ce matriel ne doit pas tre configur de manire passer des appels automatiques au numro d'urgence (111) mis en place par Telecom. Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation Si votre ordinateur ne vous a pas t livr avec un cordon d'alimentation ou un accessoire d'alimentation secteur compatible avec votre ordinateur, vous devrez acheter un cordon d'alimentation homologu pour votre pays ou votre rgion. Le cordon d'alimentation doit tre test et garanti pour le produit, pour la tension et le type de courant inscrits sur l'tiquette des valeurs nominales lectriques du produit. Les valeurs nominales de tension et d'intensit du cordon doivent tre suprieures celles indiques sur l'ordinateur. En outre, le diamtre du cordon doit tre au minimum de 0,75 mm/18 AWG et sa longueur doit tre comprise entre 1,5 m (5 pieds) et 2 m (6.5 pieds). Si vous avez des questions sur le type de cordon d'alimentation utiliser, contactez votre fournisseur de service agr. Branchez le cordon d'alimentation de sorte qu'il ne puisse pas tre pitin ou coinc par des objets. Accordez une attention particulire la fiche, la prise secteur et l'endroit o le cordon sort du botier du portable. Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation pour le Japon Prise CC de la source d'alimentation externe HP 18 Chapitre 1 Avis de rglementation sur les ordinateurs portables Avis de Macrovision Corporation Ce produit intgre une technologie de protection des droits d'auteur qui est protge par des revendications de procd de certains brevets amricains et d'autres droits sur la proprit intellectuelle de Macrovision Corporation et d'autres bnficiaires de droits. L'utilisation de cette technologie de protection des droits d'auteur doit tre autorise par Macrovision Corporation et a pour but de permettre un visionnage domestique et d'autres utilisations limites uniquement, sauf autorisation de Macrovision Corporation. L'ingnierie inverse et le dsassemblage sont interdits. Avis de Macrovision Corporation 19 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Avis sur les modems AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire le risque d'incendie, d'lectrocution et de blessures pendant l'utilisation de cet appareil, suivez systmatiquement les rgles de scurit de base suivantes :

N'utilisez pas l'appareil proximit d'eau, par exemple prs d'une baignoire, d'un lavabo, d'un vier ou d'une piscine, ou encore dans une cave humide. vitez d'utiliser l'appareil pendant un orage. Il existe en effet un risque d'lectrocution d la foudre. N'utilisez jamais cet appareil, pour signaler une fuite de gaz, si vous vous trouvez proximit de la fuite. Dbranchez systmatiquement le cble du modem avant d'ouvrir l'enceinte de l'appareil ou de toucher un cble modem non isol, une prise jack ou un composant interne. Si cet appareil n'a pas t fourni avec un cordon tlphonique, n'utilisez qu'un cordon tlphonique No. 26 AWG ou suprieur. Ne branchez jamais un cordon de modem ou de tlphone dans la prise RJ-45 (rseau Ethernet). GARDEZ CES INSTRUCTIONS Homologations des priphriques de tlcommunication Le priphrique de tlcommunication de votre ordinateur est homologu pour une connexion au rseau tlphonique des pays et rgions dont le certificat d'homologation apparat sur l'tiquette du produit appose sur la base de l'ordinateur ou sur le modem. Pour vrifier que ce matriel est configur pour le pays ou la rgion o il se trouve, reportez-vous au manuel d'utilisation qui l'accompagne. Si vous slectionnez un pays ou une rgion autre que celui ou celle dans lequel se trouve le modem, il risque de violer les lois de tlcommunication du pays ou de la rgion. De plus, votre modem risque de ne pas fonctionner correctement si vous ne slectionnez pas le bon pays ou la bonne rgion. Si, lorsque vous slectionnez un pays ou une rgion, un message indique que ce pays ou cette rgion n'est pas support, c'est que le modem n'a pas t agr dans ce pays ou cette rgion et ne doit donc pas tre utilis. 20 Chapitre 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Avis sur les modems pour les tats-Unis Cet quipement est conforme l'article 68 des rglementations FCC et aux conditions adoptes par l'ACTA. Une tiquette appose sur la face infrieure de l'ordinateur ou sur le modem comporte, entre autres informations, un identificateur de produit au format US: AAAEQ##TXXXX. Fournissez ces informations la compagnie tlphonique si elle vous le demande. Homologation applicable prise USOC = RJ11C. Les prises utilises pour connecter cet quipement aux cbles lectriques des lieux et au rseau tlphonique doivent tre conformes l'article 68 des rglementations FCC et aux conditions approuves par l'ACTA. Un cordon tlphonique et une prise modulaire conformes FCC sont livrs avec cet quipement. Il est conu pour tre branch sur une prise modulable galement conforme. Pour des dtails, reportez-vous aux instructions d'installation. Le REN permet de dterminer le nombre de priphriques pouvant tre raccords sur une ligne tlphonique. Si un nombre excessif d'appareils est prsent sur la ligne tlphonique, ceux-ci risquent de ne pas rpondre un appel entrant. Dans la plupart des cas (mais pas toujours), la somme des REN des priphriques raccords sur une ligne ne doit pas dpasser cinq (5). Pour tre sr du nombre d'appareils pouvant tre connects une mme ligne (dtermin par le numro REN), contactez la compagnie de tlphone locale. Pour les produits agrs aprs le 23 juillet 2001, le REN fait partie de l'identificateur du produit qui est au format amricain : AAAEQ##TXXXX. Les chiffres reprsents par le signe ## constituent le REN sans virgule (par exemple, 03 reprsente un REN de 0,3). Pour les produits antrieurs cette date, le REN est affich sparment sur l'tiquette. Si cet quipement HP dtriore le rseau tlphonique, la compagnie de tlphone vous avisera par avance qu'une interruption de service peut tre requise. Si la compagnie de tlphone ne peut pas vous aviser par avance, vous serez inform ds que possible. Vous serez galement inform de vos droits de rclamation auprs de la FCC si vous le jugez ncessaire. La compagnie de tlphone peut apporter des modifications ses quipements, oprations ou procdures pouvant affecter le bon fonctionnement de votre matriel. Si cela se produit, la compagnie de tlphone vous informera par avance pour vous permettre d'apporter les modifications requises afin d'assurer un service tlphonique sans interruption. Si vous rencontrez des problmes avec cet quipement, contactez le support technique. S'il dtriore le rseau tlphonique, la compagnie tlphonique peut vous demander de le dconnecter jusqu'

ce que le problme soit rsolu. Les seules rparations que vous pouvez effectuer sont celles qui sont prsentes dans la section Rsolution des problmes du manuel de l'utilisateur, si ce dernier est fourni. Le raccord des lignes partages est soumis aux tarifs en vigueur dans votre pays. Pour plus d'informations, contactez les commissions d'utilit publique, la commission de service public ou les commissions d'entreprise. Si votre domicile est quip d'un dispositif d'alarme spcial connect la ligne tlphonique, vrifiez que l'installation de cet quipement HP ne dsactive pas ce dispositif. Si vous avez des questions sur ce qui peut dsactiver le dispositif d'alarme, consultez votre compagnie de tlphone ou un installateur qualifi. La loi de 1991 sur la protection des usagers du tlphone interdit l'utilisation d'un ordinateur ou de tout autre dispositif lectronique, y compris les tlcopieurs, pour l'envoi d'un message, moins que ne soit inscrit clairement sur ce message (dans la marge, le haut ou le bas de chaque page ou sur la premire page) la date et l'heure de l'envoi ainsi que l'identit de la socit expditrice, de l'entit ou du particulier, ainsi que le numro de tlphone de la machine expditrice, de l'entit ou du particulier. Le numro de tlphone ne doit pas tre un numro commenant par 900 ni un numro dont le cot dpasse celui d'un appel local ou longue distance. Avis sur les modems 21 Pour programmer ces informations dans votre tlcopieur, reportez-vous aux instructions relatives au logiciel d'envoi de tlcopies. Avis sur les modems pour le Canada Cet quipement est conforme aux normes techniques Industrie Canada applicables. Le REN donne une indication sur le nombre maximum de priphriques qu'il est possible de relier une interface tlphonique. La terminaison d'une interface peut consister en une combinaison de priphriques quelconque condition que la somme des REN de ces dispositifs ne dpasse pas 5. Le REN de ce terminal de communication est 1. Avis sur les modems pour le Japon Si la marque de certification japonaise ne figure pas sur la base de l'ordinateur, reportez-vous la certification ci-dessous. Au Japon, la marque de certification pour le modem LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft est la suivante :

Avis sur les modems pour la Nouvelle-Zlande L'octroi d'un Telepermit pour n'importe quel terminal de tlcommunication indique uniquement que Telecom certifie que l'quipement est bien conforme aux exigences minimales de connexion son rseau. Il ne constitue aucunement une prise de responsabilit quant au produit par Telecom, et n'apporte aucune sorte de garantie. Plus particulirement, il n'apporte aucune garantie que l'quipement fonctionnera correctement et en tous points avec un autre quipement Telepermit d'une marque ou d'un modle diffrent, et n'implique pas qu'un produit est compatible avec l'ensemble des services du rseau Telecom. Quelles que soient les conditions d'utilisation, ce matriel ne peut fonctionner correctement aux vitesses suprieures celles pour lesquelles il a t conu. Telecom dcline toute responsabilit si des difficults devaient apparatre dans de telles circonstances. Si cet quipement est dot de la composition impulsions, Telecom ne garantit pas la prise en charge par la ligne de la composition impulsions. L'utilisation de la numrotation par impulsions, sur une ligne partage par plusieurs dispositifs, peut provoquer un dclenchement de la sonnerie ou des parasites et galement une rponse errone. Si ce type de problme se produit, l'utilisateur ne doit pas contacter les services techniques de Telecom Nouvelle-Zlande. 22 Chapitre 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Certains paramtres ncessaires pour une conformit avec les exigences Telepermit de Telecom dpendent du matriel (PC) associ cet appareil. Le matriel associ doit tre configur de manire fonctionner dans les limites prescrites pour tre conforme aux spcifications Telecom :

a. Seules 10 tentatives d'appel maximum peuvent tre effectues au mme numro dans un intervalle de 30 minutes, pour n'importe quelle initialisation manuelle d'appel. b. Un intervalle minimum de 30 secondes doit s'couler entre la fin d'une tentative d'appel et le dbut de la suivante. c. d. Lorsque des appels automatiques sont effectus divers numros, un intervalle minimum de 5 secondes doit s'couler entre la fin d'une tentative d'appel et le dbut de la suivante. Le matriel doit tre configur de telle manire que les appels soient traits dans un dlai de 3 30 secondes partir de la rception de la sonnerie (il doit donc tre configur entre 2 et 10 secondes). Assistance vocale Toutes les personnes qui utilisent cet appareil pour enregistrer des conversations tlphoniques doivent se soumettre la lgislation de la Nouvelle-Zlande. Celle-ci exige qu'au moins une des deux parties participant la conversation doit tre au courant de l'enregistrement. En outre, les principes relatifs la nature des informations personnelles recueillies, aux objectifs de leur collecte, leur utilisation et la divulgation de ces informations des tiers, principes rpertoris dans la loi sur la protection de la vie prive de 1993, doivent tre respects. Ce matriel ne doit pas tre configur de manire passer des appels automatiques au numro d'urgence (111) mis en place par Telecom. Avis de compatibilit lectromagntique Ce manuel prsente les avis de rglementation relatifs aux fonctions avec et sans fil des diffrents pays et rgions, ainsi que des informations de conformit de l'ordinateur. Certains de ces avis ne s'appliquent peut-tre pas votre produit. Un ou plusieurs priphriques sans fil intgrs peuvent tre installs. Dans certains environnements, l'utilisation d'appareils sans fil peut tre limite. Ces restrictions peuvent s'appliquer dans les avions, dans les hpitaux, prs d'explosifs, dans des lieux dangereux, etc. Si vous n'tes pas sr des rgles qui s'appliquent ce produit, demandez si vous pouvez l'utiliser avant de le mettre sous tension. Avis de compatibilit lectromagntique 23 Avis de la FCC Cet quipement a t test et trouv conforme aux limitations relatives aux appareils numriques de classe B, en accord avec l'article 15 des rgles de la FCC. Ces limitations sont conues pour offrir une protection raisonnable contre les interfrences dans une installation rsidentielle. Cet quipement produit, utilise et peut mettre de l'nergie sous forme de radiofrquences. S'il n'est pas utilis conformment aux instructions, il peut produire des interfrences nuisibles aux communications radio. Cependant, il n'existe aucune garantie assurant qu'il n'y aura pas d'interfrence dans une installation particulire. Si l'utilisateur constate des interfrences lors de la rception d'missions de radio ou de tlvision (il suffit pour le vrifier d'allumer et d'teindre successivement l'appareil), il devra prendre l'une ou plusieurs des mesures suivantes pour les liminer savoir :

Rorienter ou repositionner l'antenne de rception. Accrotre la distance entre le matriel et le rcepteur. Brancher le matriel informatique une prise d'un circuit autre que celui auquel est branch le rcepteur. Demander conseil un revendeur ou un technicien de radio ou de tlvision expriment. Modifications La FCC requiert que l'utilisateur soit averti que toute modification de cet quipement non approuve expressment pas la socit Hewlett-Packard pourrait annuler le droit de l'utilisateur d'utiliser l'quipement. Cbles Les cbles branchs cet quipement doivent tre blinds et comporter des protections de connecteur mtalliques de type RFI/EMI pour tre conformes aux directives et rglementations de la FCC. 24 Chapitre 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Dclaration de conformit pour les produits portant le logo FCC (tats-Unis uniquement) Ce matriel est conforme l'alina 15 de la rglementation de la FCC. Son fonctionnement est sous rserve des deux conditions suivantes :

1. Cet quipement ne doit pas causer d'interfrences nuisibles et 2. Cet quipement doit accepter toute interfrence reue, y compris les interfrences capables de causer un mauvais fonctionnement. Si vous avez des questions au sujet de votre produit, crivez-nous l'adresse :

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 Si vous avez des questions au sujet de la dclaration FCC, crivez-nous l'adresse :

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 Ou appelez-nous au (281) 514-3333. Pour identifier ce produit, communiquez la rfrence ou le numro de srie ou de modle figurant sur le produit. Produits quips de priphriques LAN sans fil Ce produit peut tre quip d'un priphrique de rseau local sans fil. Ce priphrique ne doit pas tre situ au mme endroit ou fonctionner en mme temps qu'une autre antenne ou un autre metteur. AVERTISSEMENT ! Exposition des missions de radiofrquence La puissance de sortie mise par ce priphrique est infrieure aux limites de la FCC sur l'exposition des missions de radiofrquence. Nanmoins, le priphrique doit tre utilis de faon ce que les risques de contact physique soient rduits pendant le fonctionnement normal de l'appareil. Pendant le fonctionnement normal : Pour viter de dpasser les limites d'expositions aux frquences radio dictes dans la rglementation FCC, il est prfrable de ne pas s'approcher plus de 20 cm

(8 pouces) de l'antenne. Pour identifier l'emplacement des antennes sans fil, reportez-vous la documentation qui accompagne l'ordinateur. ATTENTION : Si vous utilisez un rseau local sans fil IEEE 802.11a, l'appareil ne doit tre utilis qu' l'intrieur d'un btiment, car il fonctionne dans une bande de frquences allant de 5,15 5,25 GHz. Il s'agit d'une rglementation de la FCC visant rduire le risque d'interfrences nuisibles aux systmes mobiles par satellite utilisant les mmes canaux. Les bandes de frquences allant de 5,25 5,35 GHz et de 5,65 5,85 GHz sont rserves aux stations radars trs puissantes. Celles-ci peuvent causer des interfrences et/ou endommager l'appareil. Dclaration sur les tlcommunications pour l'Australie The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of ACA Technical Standard TS008. AVERTISSEMENT ! Modems without integral RJ-11 that are shipped with this computer must be installed only in devices displaying the A-tick. Avis de compatibilit lectromagntique 25 Avis pour le Brsil Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. ATTENTION : A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230Vv. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115Vv, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Avis pour le Canada Cet appareil numrique de classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Rglement sur le matriel brouilleur du Canada. Si cet appareil dispose d'une fonctionnalit WLAN ou Bluetooth, il est conforme aux normes RSS pour les appareil exempts de licence d'Industrie Canada. Son fonctionnement est sous rserve des deux conditions suivantes : (1) cet appareil ne doit pas provoquer d'interfrences et

(2) cet appareil doit tolrer toute interfrence, notamment les interfrences pouvant engendrer un mauvais fonctionnement de l'appareil. AVERTISSEMENT ! Exposition aux radiations de frquence radio La puissance de rayonnement de cet appareil est infrieure aux limites d'exposition aux radiations mises par les frquences radio dictes par Industrie Canada. Toutefois, l'appareil doit tre utilis de sorte que les possibilits de contact humain soient rduites au maximum pendant son fonctionnement normal. Pendant le fonctionnement normal : Pour viter de dpasser les limites d'exposition aux frquences radio dictes par Industrie Canada, il est prfrable de ne pas s'approcher plus de 20 cm

(8 pouces) des antennes. Pour identifier l'emplacement des antennes sans fil, reportez-vous la documentation qui accompagne l'ordinateur. ATTENTION : En cas d'utilisation d'un rseau LAN IEEE 802.11a, ce produit doit uniquement tre utilis l'intrieur d'un btiment, en raison de son fonctionnement sur la plage de frquence de 5,15 5,25 GHz. Industrie Canada exige que ce produit soit utilis l'intrieur d'un btiment pour la plage de frquence allant de 5,15 5,25 GHz afin de rduire le risque d'interfrences prjudiciables pour les systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant le mme canal. Les plages de 5,25 5,35 GHz et de 5,65 5,85 GHz sont alloues prioritairement aux radars haute puissance. Ces stations radar peuvent provoquer des interfrences avec cet appareil ou l'endommager. L'antenne de cet appareil ne se remplace pas. Toute tentative de modification par l'utilisateur peut endommager l'ordinateur. Avis pour l'Union europenne Dclaration de conformit Les produits portant la marque CE sont conformes une ou plusieurs directives de l'UE suivantes, le cas chant :

Directive relative la basse tension 2006/95/CE Directive EMC 2004/108/CE Directive Ecodesign 2009/125/CE Directive R&TTE 1999/5/CE Directive RoHS 2011/65/CE 26 Chapitre 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles La conformit CE de ce produit n'est valide que s'il est aliment par un adaptateur secteur estampill CE (le cas chant) et un cordon d'alimentation fournis par HP. Reportez-vous la section Cordons d'alimentation requis la page 39. La conformit ces directives implique la conformit aux normes europennes harmonises applicables (normes europennes) qui sont prsentes dans la dclaration de conformit de l'UE dicte par HP pour ce produit ou cette gamme de produits et disponibles soit dans la documentation du produit soit sur le site Web suivant : www.hp.eu/certificates (effectuez une recherche partir du nom de modle du produit ou de son numro de produit, accessible sur l'tiquette de conformit). La conformit est reprsente par la marque de conformit CE ci-aprs. Pour certains produits de tlcommunications, le numro 4 chiffres d'un organisme de certification peut tre ajout en suffixe. Reportez-vous l'tiquette de conformit appose sur le produit. La fonctionnalit de tlcommunications de ce produit peut tre utilise dans les pays de l'Union europenne et de l'AELE suivants : Allemagne, Autriche, Belgique, Bulgarie, Chypre, Danemark, Espagne, Estonie, Finlande, France, Grce, Hongrie, Irlande, Islande, Lettonie, Liechtenstein, Lituanie, Luxembourg, Malte, Norvge, Pays-Bas, Pologne, Portugal, Rpublique tchque, Roumanie, Royaume-Uni, Slovaquie, Slovnie, Sude et Suisse. Pour toute question portant sur les rglementations, envoyez un courrier : Hewlett-Packard GmbH, HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, Allemagne. Produits quips de modules sans fil CET APPAREIL EST CONFORME AUX NORMES INTERNATIONALES EN MATIRE D'EXPOSITION AUX RAYONNEMENTS DE FRQUENCE RADIO. Le module sans fil intgr votre ordinateur est un metteur et rcepteur radio. Cet appareil est conu pour ne pas dpasser les limites d'exposition aux frquences radio dfinies par des directives internationales (ICNIRP). Ces limites sont dfinies dans le cadre de directives qui tablissent les niveaux autoriss de rayonnements de frquence radio pour l'ensemble de la population. Ces directives, dictes par des organismes scientifiques indpendants, s'appuient sur une valuation rgulire et minutieuse de diffrentes tudes scientifiques. Cet appareil est galement conforme aux directives R&TTE europennes relatives la protection de la sant et de la scurit des personnes. La norme d'exposition dfinie pour les appareils mobiles utilise une unit de mesure appele SAR

(Specific Absorption Rate, taux d'absorption spcifique).* Ce taux a t obtenu via des tests au cours desquels les appareils ont effectu des transmissions au niveau de puissance certifi le plus lev, dans toutes les bandes de frquence. Le taux SAR rel de l'appareil en cours de fonctionnement peut tre bien infrieur la valeur maximale dfinie, dans la mesure o il fonctionne diffrents niveaux de puissance et utilise uniquement la puissance requise pour atteindre le rseau. Install dans l'ordinateur, cet appareil est conforme aux directives en matire d'exposition aux frquences radio lorsque les antennes se trouvent une distance minimale du corps. Pour transmettre des donnes ou des messages, l'appareil doit disposer d'une connexion de qualit au rseau. Dans certains cas, les transmissions de donnes ou de messages peuvent tre retardes jusqu' ce qu'une connexion soit disponible. Veillez respecter la distance conseille jusqu' la fin de la transmission. Avis de compatibilit lectromagntique 27

*Les directives internationales autres que celles de la FCC indiquent que la limite SAR pour les appareils mobiles utiliss par le grand public est de 2 watts/kilogramme (W/kg), calcul sur une moyenne de 10 grammes de masse tissulaire. Ces directives incluent une marge de scurit importante pour une protection accrue du grand public et pour tenir compte des variations dans les mesures. Les valeurs SAR peuvent varier selon les exigences locales en matire de reporting et selon la bande du rseau. Cet quipement intgre un appareil de transmission et rception radiolectrique. Lors d'une utilisation standard, l'observation d'une distance de sparation de 20 cm permet aux niveaux d'exposition des frquences radio de respecter la conformit des normes australiennes et no-zlandaises. Dclaration relative au rseau tlphonique europen (modem/fax) Le produit ci-joint est conforme aux spcifications de la directive 1999/5/CE (annexe II) sur les quipements hertziens et quipements terminaux de tlcommunications et porte en consquence la marque CE. Cependant, des diffrences existant entre les rseaux tlphoniques publics commuts

(RTPC) nationaux prsents dans les diffrents pays/rgions, cette homologation en elle-mme ne garantit pas la russite de toutes les oprations sur tous les points de terminaison du RTPC. En cas de problme, prenez contact avec le fournisseur auprs duquel vous vous tes procur votre quipement. L'quipement a t conu pour fonctionner avec les rseaux DTMF analogiques. Cet quipement peut connatre des difficults d'interconnexion sur les rseaux RTPC prenant uniquement en charge la composition impulsions. Contactez votre oprateur rseau pour bnficier d'une aide supplmentaire. Avis sur l'ergonomie Allemagne (texte en franais) Un systme informatique compos de produits de marque HP est conforme aux exigences allemandes en matire d'ergonomie si tous les produits utiliss portent la marque d'homologation GS , par exemple l'ordinateur de bureau, le clavier, la souris et le moniteur. Allemagne (texte en allemand) Ein aus HP Produkten bestehendes Computersystem erfllt die anwendbaren ergonomischen Anforderungen, wenn alle verwendeten Komponenten das GS Zeichen tragen, wie z. B. Business Desktop PC, Tastatur, PC-Maus und Bildschirm. Avis pour le Japon B VCCI-B 28 Chapitre 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Marques de certification des priphriques WLAN et Bluetooth If this device contains radio equipment, it is certified radio equipment. Avis pour la Core du Sud Avis de compatibilit lectromagntique 29 Avis pour le Mexique Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Si su producto se brinda con accesorios inalmbricos como un teclado o un mouse y necesita identificar el modelo del accesorio, consulte la etiqueta incluida en ese accesorio. Avis pour Tawan 30 Chapitre 2 Avis de rglementation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles 3 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs portables AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire les risques de blessures graves, lisez le manuel Scurit et ergonomie du poste de travail. Il dcrit l'installation du poste de travail, la posture ainsi que les conditions de scurit et de travail appropries pour les utilisateurs, et fournit des informations importantes sur la scurit lectrique et mcanique. Vous trouverez ce manuel sur le Web l'adresse http://www.hp.com/ergo, ainsi que sur le CD de documentation qui accompagne le produit. Notice d'avertissement relative la chaleur AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour viter tout risque de blessure associe la chaleur ou de surchauffe de l'ordinateur, ne placez pas ce dernier sur vos genoux et n'obstruez pas ses ouvertures d'aration. Utilisez toujours l'ordinateur sur une surface plane et rigide. La ventilation ne doit pas tre entrave par des lments rigides, tels qu'une imprimante, ni par des lments souples, tels que des coussins, du tissu ou un tapis pais. De mme, l'adaptateur secteur ne doit rester en contact ni avec la peau ni avec un lment souple, tel que des coussins, un vtement ou un tapis lorsque l'ordinateur est en cours de fonctionnement. L'ordinateur et l'adaptateur secteur sont conformes aux limites de temprature de surface accessible l'utilisateur, dfinies par la norme internationale sur la scurit du matriel informatique (CEI/EN 60950). Avis sur les risques lis la scurit Si vous observez l'une des situations suivantes (ou avez d'autres inquitudes en matire de scurit), n'utilisez pas l'ordinateur : bruit de crpitement, de sifflement ou de claquement ou forte odeur/fume en provenance de l'ordinateur. La survenue de l'une de ces situations est normale en cas de dfaillance d'un composant lectronique interne de manire neutralise et contrle. Cependant, ces situations peuvent galement indiquer un risque de scurit. Ne partez pas du principe qu'il s'agit d'une dfaillance neutralise. Mettez l'ordinateur hors tension, dconnectez-le de sa source d'alimentation, puis contactez le support technique. Notice d'avertissement relative la chaleur 31 Avis sur les batteries remplaables par l'utilisateur AVERTISSEMENT !

batterie d'un type incorrect. liminez les batteries usages en respectant les instructions. Il existe un risque d'explosion en cas de remplacement de la batterie par une AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire le risque d'incendie ou de brlures, abstenez-vous de dmonter, d'craser, de perforer, de jeter dans l'eau ou dans le feu une batterie, ou encore de court-circuiter ses connecteurs externes. AVERTISSEMENT ! Ne laissez pas les batteries la porte des enfants. AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour limiter les risques lis la scurit, n'utilisez que la batterie fournie avec l'ordinateur, une batterie de remplacement fournie par HP ou une batterie compatible achete comme accessoire auprs de HP. Avis sur le niveau du volume du casque et des couteurs AVERTISSEMENT ! L'coute prolonge de musique un volume lev peut endommager votre acuit auditive. Pour rduire le risque de diminution de l'acuit auditive, baissez le volume un niveau modr et agrable et minimisez le temps d'coute des volumes levs. Pour votre scurit, rinitialisez toujours le volume avant d'utiliser un casque ou des couteurs. Le volume sonore de certains de ces appareils peut tre plus lev que d'autres, mme si le rglage est identique. Toute modification des paramtres audio ou d'galisation par dfaut peut entraner une augmentation du volume et doit tre effectue avec prcaution. Pour votre scurit, utilisez uniquement des casques ou des couteurs respectant les limites dfinies par la norme EN 50332-2. Si l'ordinateur comporte un casque ou des couteurs, cette combinaison respecte la norme EN 50332-1. 32 Chapitre 3 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs portables Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire les risques d'lectrocution ou de dtrioration du matriel :

Branchez le cordon d'alimentation sur une prise secteur facilement accessible. Coupez l'alimentation de l'ordinateur en dbranchant le cordon d'alimentation de la prise secteur

(plutt que de l'ordinateur). Si l'ordinateur portable est fourni avec une fiche tripolaire, branchez le cordon sur une prise lectrique tripolaire relie la terre. Ne dsactivez pas la broche de mise la terre du cordon d'alimentation en utilisant, par exemple, un adaptateur bipolaire. La broche de mise la terre constitue un lment de scurit essentiel. AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour limiter les problmes de scurit potentiels, n'utilisez avec cet ordinateur que l'adaptateur secteur fourni avec l'ordinateur, un adaptateur secteur de remplacement fourni par HP ou un adaptateur secteur achet comme accessoire auprs de HP. Nettoyage du clavier AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire les risques d'lectrocution ou de dtrioration des composants internes, n'utilisez pas d'aspirateur pour nettoyer le clavier. Un aspirateur peut dposer de la poussire sur la surface du clavier. Nettoyez rgulirement le clavier pour viter que les touches ne deviennent collantes et pour liminer la poussire, les peluches et les particules qui risquent de se loger sous les touches. Utilisez une bombe dpoussirante air comprim avec embout directionnel permettant d'insuffler de l'air sous le clavier et autour des touches pour retirer les particules. Avis sur les dplacements AVERTISSEMENT ! Afin de rduire le risque de choc lectrique, d'incendie ou de dtrioration du matriel, n'essayez pas d'alimenter l'ordinateur au moyen d'un kit de conversion de tension destin aux quipements mnagers. Avis sur les cordons d'alimentation 33 Avis de scurit pour la Chine Chine : avis sur l'altitude Avis sur l'altitude pour les produits dont l'utilisation n'est pas certifie au-del de 5 000 m d'altitude 2000m ou 2000 Chine : avis sur une utilisation dans des conditions tropicales Avis pour les produits dont l'utilisation n'est pas certifie dans des conditions tropicales Norvge et Sude : notice de mise la terre des cbles pour les produits quips d'un tuner TV ATTENTION : Pour limiter les risques lis la scurit, utilisez un isolant voltaque lors de la connexion un systme de distribution par cble. 34 Chapitre 3 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs portables 4 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Informations importantes relatives la scurit AVERTISSEMENT ! Pour rduire les risques de blessures graves, lisez le manuel Scurit et ergonomie du poste de travail. Il dcrit l'installation du poste de travail, la posture ainsi que les conditions de scurit et de travail appropries pour les utilisateurs, et fournit des informations importantes sur la scurit lectrique et mcanique. Vous trouverez ce manuel sur le Web l'adresse http://www.hp.com/ergo, ainsi que sur le CD de documentation qui accompagne le produit. Afin d'viter tout risque de choc lectrique ou de dommages votre quipement :

Ne dsactivez pas la prise de mise la terre du cordon d'alimentation. La prise de mise la terre constitue un lment de scurit essentiel. Branchez le cordon d'alimentation sur une prise mise la terre facilement accessible. Coupez l'alimentation du client lger en dbranchant le cordon d'alimentation de la prise secteur. L'ordinateur peut tre trs lourd ; assurez-vous d'adopter une position ergonomique adquate lors de sa manipulation. Installez l'ordinateur proximit d'une prise secteur. Le cordon d'alimentation secteur constitue le principal dispositif de dconnexion secteur de votre ordinateur et doit donc tre facilement accessible. Pour votre scurit, le cordon d'alimentation fourni avec votre ordinateur est quip d'une broche de mise la terre. Utilisez toujours le cordon d'alimentation avec une prise murale correctement relie la terre, afin de rduire les risques d'lectrocution. Pour rduire les risques de choc lectrique en provenance du rseau tlphonique, branchez votre ordinateur dans une prise secteur avant de le connecter une ligne tlphonique. Par ailleurs, dconnectez votre ligne tlphonique avant de dbrancher votre ordinateur de la prise secteur. Dbranchez le cordon du modem du rseau tlphonique avant d'installer ou d'enlever le capot de votre ordinateur. N'utilisez pas l'ordinateur lorsque le capot est enlev. Pour plus de scurit, dbranchez toujours l'ordinateur de sa source d'alimentation, de tout systme de tlcommunications (comme les lignes tlphoniques), des rseaux et des modems avant d'excuter toute opration de maintenance. Si vous ne respectez pas ces consignes, vous risquez de vous blesser ou de causer des dommages matriels. Le modem et l'alimentation de ce produit renferment des niveaux de tension dangereux. Informations importantes relatives la scurit 35 ATTENTION : Si votre ordinateur est quip d'un commutateur de slection de tension destin aux systmes fonctionnant sous 115 ou 230 V, ce commutateur a t prdfini sur la tension en vigueur dans le pays/rgion o il a t vendu initialement. Mettre le commutateur sur la mauvaise position peut endommager l'ordinateur et annuler toute garantie implicite. Ce produit n'a pas t valu pour une connexion un systme d'alimentation informatique (un systme de distribution de courant alternatif sans connexion directe la terre, selon la norme CEI/EN 60950). Conditions d'installation Consultez les instructions d'installation avant de brancher cet quipement l'alimentation. AVERTISSEMENT ! L'quipement doit tre pourvu d'un raccordement la terre protecteur secteur appropri. Cet ordinateur peut contenir des pices sous tension et amovibles. Dbranchez le cordon d'alimentation avant de retirer le botier. Remettez le botier bien en place avant de remettre l'ordinateur sous tension. Avis sur le remplacement de la batterie AVERTISSEMENT ! Le produit peut contenir une pile ou un module de batterie interne alcalin, au dioxyde de lithium manganse ou au pentoxyde de vanadium. Il y a danger d'incendie et de brlures s'il n'est pas manipul correctement. Pour rduire les risques de blessure :

N'essayez pas de recharger la batterie. vitez de la soumettre des tempratures suprieures 60 C (140 F). N'essayez pas de dmonter, d'craser, de percer la batterie, ni de court-circuiter ses bornes ou de la jeter dans le feu ou l'eau. Il existe un risque d'explosion en cas de remplacement de la batterie par une batterie d'un type incorrect. liminez les batteries usages en respectant les instructions. Remplacez uniquement par une batterie HP prvue pour ce produit. Pour plus d'informations sur le retrait d'une batterie, reportez-vous la documentation de l'ordinateur. Les piles, modules de batterie et accumulateurs ne doivent pas tre jets avec les ordures mnagres. Pour permettre leur recyclage ou leur mise au rebut, veuillez utiliser les systmes de collecte publique ou renvoyez-les HP, un partenaire HP agr ou leurs agents. Taiwan EPA demande aux fabricants ou aux importateurs de piles, conformment l'Article 15 de la loi relative la mise au rebut (Waste Disposal Act), d'indiquer les mentions de rcupration des piles usages dans des points de vente, brochures ou publicits. Contactez une entreprise de recyclage qualifie pour la mise au rebut approprie de la pile. 36 Chapitre 4 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Avis sur le volume des casques et des couteurs AVERTISSEMENT ! L'coute prolonge de musique un volume lev peut endommager votre acuit auditive. Pour rduire le risque de diminution de l'acuit auditive, baissez le volume un niveau modr et agrable et minimisez le temps d'coute des volumes levs. Pour votre scurit, rinitialisez toujours le volume avant d'utiliser un casque ou des couteurs. Le volume sonore de certains de ces appareils peut tre plus lev que d'autres, mme si le rglage est identique. Toute modification des paramtres audio ou d'galisation par dfaut peut entraner une augmentation du volume et doit tre effectue avec prcaution. Si l'ordinateur est quip d'un casque d'coute ou d'couteurs et qu'il porte le sigle GS , cette combinaison est en conformit avec la norme EN 50332-1. Pour votre propre scurit, les casques d'coute ou les couteurs utiliss avec ces produits doivent tre en conformit avec les limitations des casques de la norme EN 50332-2. Informations de scurit relatives au laser Pour les produits quips d'units optiques ou d'metteurs fibre optique. Ce produit peut tre quip d'un priphrique de stockage optique (c'est--dire un lecteur CD ou DVD) et/ou d'un metteur-rcepteur fibre optique. Ces lments comportent des lasers classs dans la catgorie des produits laser de classe 1, conformment la norme IEC/EN 60825-1, et sont conformes ses exigences. Chacun de ces produits laser est conforme aux rgulations 21 CFR 1040.10 et 1040.11 de la US FDA ou est conforme ces normes l'exception des diffrences conformment la notice des lasers No. 50, du 24 Juin 2007. AVERTISSEMENT ! L'utilisation de mthodes de contrle ou de rglage ou de procdures, autres que celles indiques dans ce document ou dans le manuel d'installation des appareils rayon laser, peut exposer l'utilisateur des radiations dangereuses. Pour rduire le risque d'exposition un rayonnement dangereux :

N'essayez pas d'ouvrir le botier du module. Il ne contient pas de pice rparable par l'utilisateur. N'effectuez pas de commandes, de rglages ou d'oprations sur l'appareil laser, autres que ceux indiqus dans le prsent manuel. Seuls les techniciens agrs HP sont autoriss rparer l'unit. Exigences relatives au bloc d'alimentation et au cordon d'alimentation Exigences relatives la mise la terre des alimentations de classe 1 Pour tre protg contre les courants de dfaut, l'quipement doit tre raccord une borne de terre. Branchez le cordon d'alimentation sur une prise secteur disposant d'une mise la terre raccorde la terre. Les cordons d'alimentation de remplacement ne fournissent pas une protection adquate contre les dfauts. Utilisez exclusivement le cordon d'alimentation fourni avec ce produit ou un cordon de remplacement agr par Hewlett-Packard. Avis sur le volume des casques et des couteurs 37 Danemark For tilslutning af de vrige ledere, se medflgende installationsvejledning. Finlande Laite on liitettv suojamaadoituskoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. Norvge Apparatet m kun tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Sude Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag, nr den ansluts till ett ntverk. Exigences relatives l'alimentation Les alimentations sur certains produits sont quipes de commutateurs de tension externes. La fonction de slection de tension sur le produit autorise son fonctionnement sous toute tension comprise entre 100-127 ou 200-240 volts secteur. Les alimentations sur les produits dpourvus de commutateurs de tension externes sont quipes de circuits internes qui dtectent la tension d'entre et basculent automatiquement sur la tension approprie. Pour des raisons de scurit, n'utilisez que l'adaptateur secteur fourni avec l'quipement ou un adaptateur de remplacement autoris par Hewlett-Packard. Les rfrences de remplacement sont disponibles l'adresse http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. Pour une utilisation en Norvge Ce produit est galement conu pour un systme lectrique informatique avec tension phase-phase de 230 V. 38 Chapitre 4 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Cordons d'alimentation requis Le cordon d'alimentation fourni avec le produit est conforme aux rglementations en vigueur dans le pays o le matriel a t achet l'origine. N'utilisez que le cordon d'alimentation fourni avec l'quipement ou un cordon d'alimentation de remplacement de Hewlett-Packard ou d'une source HP agre. Les rfrences de remplacement sont disponibles l'adresse http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/

hpsupport/index.pl. Les cordons d'alimentation destins tre utiliss dans d'autres pays doivent respecter les normes du pays o vous utilisez le produit. Pour plus d'informations sur les exigences de cordon d'alimentation, contactez votre revendeur, votre mainteneur ou votre fournisseur de services agr HP. AVERTISSEMENT ! N'utilisez pas de cordons d'alimentation d'autres produits. Un mauvais cordon d'alimentation peut entraner un risque de dcharge lectrique ou d'incendie. Les exigences prsentes ci-aprs s'appliquent tous les pays. 1. 2. Le cordon d'alimentation doit tre homologu par une agence accrdite, responsable de l'valuation dans le pays o le cordon sera install. La longueur du cordon doit tre comprise entre 1,8 m (6 pieds) and 3,6 m (12 pieds). Pour un cordon d'alimentation de 2 m (6,56 pieds) ou moins, le diamtre du cordon doit tre d'au minimum 0,75 mm2 ou 18 AWG. Si le cordon d'alimentation dpasse 2 m (6,56 pieds), le diamtre du cordon doit tre d'au minimum 1 mm2 ou 16 AWG. Le cordon d'alimentation doit tre branch un endroit dgag o il ne risque pas d'tre pitin ou coinc par des objets. Accordez une attention particulire la fiche, la prise murale et l'endroit o le cordon sort du botier de l'appareil. AVERTISSEMENT ! N'utilisez pas ce produit avec un cordon d'alimentation endommag. Si le cordon d'alimentation est endommag de quelque manire que ce soit, remplacez-le immdiatement. Un cordon endommag peut entraner des risques de blessure. Spcifications du cordon d'alimentation pour le Japon Pour une utilisation au Japon, utilisez uniquement le cordon d'alimentation fourni avec l'appareil. ATTENTION : N'utilisez pas le cordon d'alimentation fourni avec ce produit pour alimenter d'autres appareils. Risque de pincement AVERTISSEMENT ! Observez les zones risque de pincement. N'approchez pas vos doigts des pices se refermant. Risque de pincement 39 Avis de scurit pour la Chine Chine : avis sur l'altitude Avis sur l'altitude pour les produits dont l'utilisation n'est pas certifie au-del de 5 000 m d'altitude 2000m ou 2000 Chine : avis sur une utilisation dans des conditions tropicales Avis pour les produits dont l'utilisation n'est pas certifie dans des conditions tropicales 40 Chapitre 4 Avis de scurit pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Avis d'acoustique pour l'Allemagne Le niveau de pression acoustique (LpA) est nettement en dessous de 70 dB(A) (position oprateur, fonctionnement normal, selon ISO 7779). Les donnes d'mission de bruit acoustique sont disponibles dans les dclarations IT ECO relatives au produit, l'adresse : http://www.hp.com/go/ted Schalldruckpegel (LpA) ist weit unterhalb 70 dB(A) (Benutzerposition, normaler Betrieb, nach ISO 7779) Die Schallemissionswerte der Produkte knnen in den produktbezogenen IT ECO Declarations auf folgender Internet Adresse gefunden werden: http://www.hp.com/go/ted Avis d'acoustique pour l'Allemagne 41 5 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs portables Ce chapitre prsente des avis relatifs l'environnement des diffrents pays ou rgions et des informations de conformit. Certains de ces avis ne s'appliquent peut-tre pas votre produit. Recyclage du matriel lectronique et de la batterie HP encourage ses clients recycler l'quipement lectronique usag, les cartouches d'impression HP d'origine et les batteries rechargeables. Pour plus d'informations sur les programmes de recyclage, consultez le site Web HP : http://www.hp.com/recycle. Mise au rebut des quipements par les utilisateurs Ce symbole indique que vous ne devez pas jeter votre produit avec les dchets mnagers. Il est de votre responsabilit de protger la sant et l'environnement et d'liminer votre quipement en le remettant une dchetterie effectuant le recyclage des quipements lectriques et lectroniques. Pour plus d'informations, prenez contact avec votre service d'limination des ordures mnagres ou ouvrez la page http://www.hp.com/recycle. Substances chimiques HP s'engage fournir ses clients des informations sur les substances chimiques contenues dans ses produits conformment aux dispositions lgales telles que REACH (rglement CE numro 1907/2006 du Parlement europen et du Conseil). Un rapport d'informations sur la conformit des substances chimiques de ce produit est disponible l'adresse : http://www.hp.com/go/reach. 42 Chapitre 5 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs portables Avis sur l'environnement pour la Chine http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/chinasepa.html http://www.hp.com.cn/hardwarerecycle

( http://www. sepa.gov.cn) Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour la Chine (RoHS) Tableau des substances/composants toxiques et dangereux et leur contenu conformment aux mthodes de gestion du contrle de la pollution par les produits d'informations lectroniques de Chine Substances et composants toxiques et dangereux Nom de la pice Plomb

(Pb) Mercure

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Batterie Cbles Camra Chssis/Autre Lecteur de carte mmoire flash Lecteur de disquette Disque dur Casque Cartes PCA d'entre/

sortie Clavier cran LCD X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Chrome hexavalent

(Cr(VI)) Diphnyles polybroms (PBB) thers diphnyles polybroms

(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Avis sur l'environnement pour la Chine 43 Substances et composants toxiques et dangereux Nom de la pice Support (CD/DVD/

disquette) Mmoire Carte mre, processeur, dissipateurs thermiques Souris Unit de disque optique Priphrique d'amarrage en option Adaptateur d'alimentation Source d'alimentation Tlcommande Lecteur de carte Smart Card/Java Haut-parleurs externes Tuner TV Unit mmoire flash USB Concentrateur USB Webcam Rcepteur sans fil Cartes sans fil Plomb

(Pb) Mercure

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) O X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Chrome hexavalent

(Cr(VI)) Diphnyles polybroms (PBB) thers diphnyles polybroms

(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O : Indique que la quantit de substance toxique ou dangereuse contenue dans tous les matriaux homognes de cette pice se situe en dessous de la limite fixe par la norme SJ/T11363-2006. X : Indique que cette substance toxique ou dangereuse contenue dans au moins un matriel homogne utilis dans ce composant est au-dessus de la limite dans SJ/T11363-2006. Tous les lments du tableau accompagns d'un X sont conformes la directive europenne 2002/95/EC du 27 janvier 2003, dite RoHS (Restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour l'environnement relative aux dchets d'quipements lectriques et lectroniques) et ses amendements. REMARQUE : La dure d'utilisation cologique en anne, en rfrence, a t dtermine sur la base de conditions normales d'utilisation du produit, telles que la temprature et l'humidit. 44 Chapitre 5 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs portables

/

I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

/Java USB USB

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB) (PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T11363-2006 X SJ/T11363-2006 X RoHS 2003 1 27 2002/95/EC

:

Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour la Chine (RoHS) 45 Dclaration de contenu de l'quipement pour le Japon Une norme japonaise, dfinie par la spcification JIS C 0950, 2008, oblige les fabricants fournir des dclarations de contenu de matriel pour certaines catgories de produits lectroniques proposes la vente aprs le 1 juillet 2006. Pour afficher la dclaration de matriel JIS C 0950 de ce produit, rendez-vous sur le site Web HP : http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Loi du Mexique sur l'utilisation durable de l'nergie Ce produit a t tiquet conformment la loi du Mexique sur l'utilisation durable de l'nergie exigeant la divulgation de la consommation nergtique en utilisation normale (mode inactif) et en mode veille. Votre produit correspond l'une des nombreuses configurations de cette famille de modle ; la consommation nergtique du mode inactif de votre configuration spcifique peut tre diffrente des informations figurant sur l'tiquette. La consommation nergtique relle de votre produit peut tre suprieure ou infrieure la valeur signale sur l'tiquette de l'nergie du produit au Mexique en raison de facteurs tels que la configuration (composants et modules choisis) et de l'utilisation (tches ralises, logiciels installs et excuts, etc.). Rglementation EEE de la Turquie En conformit avec la rglementation EEE EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur Restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour l'Ukraine L'quipement est conforme aux exigences relatives aux rglementations techniques, approuves par la rsolution du Cabinet des ministres de l'Ukraine date du 3 dcembre 2008 1057, en termes de restrictions quant l'utilisation de certaines substances dangereuses dans les quipements lectroniques et lectriques.

, 3 2008 1057. Matriau compos de perchlorate : une manipulation particulire peut tre ncessaire Voir http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. La batterie de l'horloge en temps rel ou la pile bouton de ce produit est susceptible de contenir du perchlorate et peut ncessiter une manipulation particulire lors de son recyclage ou de sa mise au rebut en Californie. 46 Chapitre 5 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs portables 6 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Recyclage du matriel lectronique et des batteries Hewlett-Packard encourage ses clients recycler le matriel lectronique usag, les cartouches d'impression de marque HP et les batteries rechargeables. Pour plus d'informations sur les programmes de recyclage, consultez le site http://www.hp.com/recycle. Pour obtenir des informations concernant le recyclage du produit au Japon, reportez-vous http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Mise au rebut des quipements par les utilisateurs Ce symbole indique que vous ne devez pas jeter votre produit avec les dchets mnagers. Il est de votre responsabilit de protger la sant et l'environnement et d'liminer votre quipement en le remettant une dchetterie effectuant le recyclage des quipements lectriques et lectroniques. Pour plus d'informations, prenez contact avec votre service d'limination des ordures mnagres ou ouvrez la page http://www.hp.com/recycle. Conformit ENERGY STAR (certains modles) REMARQUE : Cette section s'applique uniquement aux produits portant le logo Energy Star. En tant que partenaire ENERGY STAR, Hewlett-Packard Company a suivi pour le produit le processus de qualification et de certification renforc labor de l'agence amricaine pour la protection de l'environnement afin de s'assurer que les produits portant le logo ENERGY STAR sont agrs ENERGY STAR conformment aux lignes directrices d'ENERGY STAR en matire d'utilisation efficace de l'nergie. Le logo suivant est prsent sur tous les ordinateurs qualifis ENERGY STAR. Recyclage du matriel lectronique et des batteries 47 Le programme ENERGY STAR pour ordinateurs a t cr par l'EPA pour promouvoir l'conomie d'nergie et rduire la pollution de l'air grce des quipements plus conergtiques au sein des maisons, bureaux et usines. Une des faons de rendre les produits plus efficaces sur le plan nergtique consiste rduire la consommation lorsqu'elle n'est pas gre par la fonction Gestion de l'alimentation de Microsoft Windows. La fonction de gestion de l'alimentation permet la mise en veille de l'ordinateur aprs une priode d'inactivit de l'utilisateur. Lorsqu'elle est utilise avec un moniteur ENERGY STAR, cette fonction prend galement en charge les fonctions similaires de gestion de l'alimentation du moniteur externe. Afin de bnficier de cette conomie d'nergie, la fonction de gestion de l'alimentation a t prdfinie pour une mise en veille de l'ordinateur et du moniteur aprs une certaine priode d'inactivit :

Ordinateur Moniteur/cran intgr Ordinateurs de bureau et postes de travail Aprs 30 minutes Aprs 15 minutes Clients lgers et ordinateurs de bureau Sans objet Aprs 15 minutes Il suffit que l'utilisateur se serve d'un des priphriques d'entre de l'ordinateur (ex. : souris, clavier, etc.) pour que l'ordinateur et l'cran quittent le mode veille et se rallument. Lorsque la fonction Wake On LAN d'veil par appel rseau est active, il est galement possible de rallumer l'ordinateur l'aide d'un signal rseau. Pour plus d'informations sur le potentiel d'conomie nergtique et financire de la fonction Gestion de l'alimentation, reportez-vous au site Web consacr la gestion de l'alimentation ENERGY STAR de l'EPA : http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement. Pour plus d'informations sur le programme ENERGY STAR et ses bienfaits sur l'environnement, reportez-vous au site Web ENERGY STAR de l'EPA : http://www.energystar.gov. ATTENTION : L'utilisation de la fonction d'conomie d'nergie du moniteur avec des moniteurs qui ne sont pas qualifis ENERGY STAR peut entraner une distorsion de l'image en cas de fermeture automatique pour conomie d'nergie. REMARQUE : ENERGY STAR n'est pas pris en charge sur les ordinateurs de bureau et les postes de travail configurs avec certaines versions de Linux ou FreeDOS. En cas de restauration du systme d'exploitation, vous devrez galement redfinir les paramtres ENERGY STAR (le cas chant) une fois la restauration effectue. Sous Windows 7, pour contrler les paramtres d'alimentation par dfaut de votre ordinateur de bureau ou station de travail, slectionnez Dmarrer > Panneau de configuration, puis tapez Options d'alimentation dans la fentre de recherche. 48 Chapitre 6 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Sous Windows 8, pour contrler les paramtres d'alimentation par dfaut de votre ordinateur de bureau ou station de travail, tapez alimentation dans l'cran d'accueil, slectionnez Paramtres, puis slectionnez Options d'alimentation dans la liste des applications. Substances chimiques HP s'engage fournir ses clients des informations sur les substances chimiques contenues dans ses produits, conformment aux normes juridiques en vigueur telles que le rglement concernant l'enregistrement, l'valuation et l'autorisation des substances chimiques, ainsi que les restrictions applicables ces substances (REACH, rglement CE N 1907/2006 du Parlement europen et du Conseil). Des informations sur les substances chimiques contenues dans ce produit sont disponibles l'adresse http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Avis sur le mercure Ce produit HP peut contenir les matriaux suivants qui requirent un traitement spcial la fin de leur cycle de vie :

Le mercure contenu dans la lampe fluorescente de l'cran cristaux liquides (LCD) Il se peut que l'limination du mercure soit rglemente en raison de considrations environnementales. Pour obtenir des informations sur l'limination et le traitement de cette substance, veuillez contacter les autorits locales concernes ou l'Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)

(http://www.eiae.org). Matriau compos de perchlorate : une manipulation particulire peut tre ncessaire La batterie de l'horloge en temps rel est susceptible de contenir du perchlorate et peut ncessiter une manipulation particulire lors de son recyclage ou de sa mise au rebut en Californie. Reportez-

vous au site http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour la Chine (RoHS) Substances chimiques 49

(cid:7481)(cid:8706)(cid:7481)(cid:4579)(cid:10393)(cid:17240)(cid:2748)(cid:1907)(cid:13136)(cid:2554)(cid:1958)(cid:2651)(cid:18431)(cid:16024)

(cid:7785)(cid:6558)(cid:1117)(cid:3373)(cid:11444)(cid:457)(cid:11109)(cid:4480)(cid:1553)(cid:5791)(cid:1239)(cid:2801)(cid:8849)(cid:7683)(cid:6615)(cid:2150)(cid:12753)(cid:10806)(cid:2254)(cid:8965)(cid:458)

(cid:1137)(cid:7605)(cid:3)(cid:3898)(cid:10812)(cid:3230)(cid:2754)

(cid:7065)(cid:10019)(cid:3230)

(cid:1979)(cid:4494)(cid:7575) I/O PCAs

(cid:11115)(cid:9414)

(cid:19300)(cid:11534)

(cid:21846)(cid:7741)

(cid:7536)(cid:12775)(cid:18)(cid:1964)(cid:1292)

(cid:20228)(cid:6269)

(cid:1979)(cid:18206)(cid:18)(cid:3916)(cid:18206)(cid:4296)(cid:1417)

(cid:19515)(cid:16945)(cid:16884)(cid:3901)

(cid:3916)(cid:18206)(cid:6621)(cid:2156)(cid:16884)(cid:3901)

(cid:11115)(cid:13628)

(cid:11938)(cid:11534)(cid:20647)(cid:2270)(cid:3230)

(cid:7284)(cid:12144)(cid:4741) O: (cid:16030)(cid:12144)(cid:16923)(cid:7487)(cid:8712)(cid:7487)(cid:4585)(cid:10399)(cid:17246)(cid:3422)(cid:16923)(cid:18206)(cid:1324)(cid:6262)(cid:7487)(cid:3453)(cid:17246)(cid:7558)(cid:7119)(cid:1123)(cid:11450)(cid:2657)(cid:18437)(cid:3453)(cid:3422)SJ/T11363-2006(cid:3)

(cid:7741)(cid:2044)(cid:16378)(cid:4560)(cid:11450)(cid:19590)(cid:18437)(cid:16311)(cid:8824)(cid:1307)(cid:1089)(cid:574) X: (cid:16030)(cid:12144)(cid:16923)(cid:7487)(cid:8712)(cid:7487)(cid:4585)(cid:10399)(cid:17246)(cid:14377)(cid:4679)(cid:3422)(cid:16923)(cid:18206)(cid:1324)(cid:11450)(cid:7686)(cid:1078)(cid:3453)(cid:17246)(cid:7558)(cid:7119)(cid:1123)(cid:11450)(cid:2657)(cid:18437)(cid:17339)(cid:2096) SJ/T11363-2006(cid:3)(cid:7741)(cid:2044)(cid:16378)(cid:4560)(cid:11450)(cid:19590)(cid:18437)(cid:16311)(cid:8824)(cid:574)

(cid:16030)(cid:1123)(cid:7741)(cid:7487)(cid:263)X(cid:264)(cid:3)(cid:11450)(cid:6262)(cid:7487)(cid:18206)(cid:1324)(cid:18227)(cid:12636)(cid:2622)(cid:8541)(cid:11541)RoHS(cid:8971)(cid:16378)(cid:15)(cid:263)(cid:8541)(cid:9064)(cid:16868)(cid:1360)(cid:2754)(cid:8541)(cid:11541)(cid:10812)(cid:1217)(cid:1360) 2003(cid:5290)1(cid:7486)27(cid:7195)(cid:1961)(cid:1220)(cid:11115)(cid:4486)(cid:11115)(cid:3230)(cid:16884)(cid:3901)(cid:1123)(cid:19590)(cid:2156)(cid:1461)(cid:11102)(cid:7686)(cid:1233)(cid:7487)(cid:4585)(cid:10399)(cid:17246)(cid:11450)2002/95/EC

(cid:2605)(cid:6461)(cid:1306)(cid:264)(cid:574)

(cid:8990)(cid:966)(cid:10725)(cid:1555)(cid:1461)(cid:11102)(cid:7509)(cid:19590)(cid:11450)(cid:2552)(cid:13881)(cid:7741)(cid:16892)(cid:2572)(cid:2025)(cid:1220)(cid:1245)(cid:2807)(cid:8601)(cid:5230)(cid:5147)(cid:1426)(cid:11450)(cid:9311)(cid:5340)(cid:2754)(cid:9397)(cid:5340)(cid:12671)(cid:7575)(cid:1324)(cid:574) The Table of Toxic and Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products 50 Chapitre 6 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles Tableau 6-1 Toxic and Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybromi-

nated biphenyls

(PBB) Polybromi-

nated diphenyl ethers (PBDE) Motherboard, processor and heat sink X Memory I/O PCAs Power supply Keyboard Mouse Chassis/Other Fans Internal/External Media Reading Devices External Control Devices Cable Hard Disk Drive Display X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O: Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement in SJ/T11363-2006. X: Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogeneous materials used for this part is above the limit requirement in SJ/T11363-2006. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Union's RoHS Legislation Directive 2002/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 January 2003 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. REMARQUE : The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity. Dclarations IT ECO Ordinateurs de bureau et clients lgers http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?

jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Stations de travail http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Dclarations IT ECO 51 Avis sur la restriction des substances dangereuses pour le Japon (RoHS) 2008 JISC0950 2006 7 http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950 A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico (loi du Mexique sur l'utilisation durable de l'nergie) Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal

(modo inactivo) y del modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin (componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). REMARQUE : Esta ley no es aplicable a los workstations. This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration (components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). REMARQUE : Workstations are not labeled because the law is not applicable to the workstation product category. Rglementation EEE de la Turquie Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur 52 Chapitre 6 Avis sur les conditions d'utilisation pour les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail personnelles

(restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour l'Ukraine)

, 3 2008 1057. The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.

(restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour l'Ukraine) 53 Index A avis utilisation en vol 12 voyage 33 avis sur la mise au rebut des quipements 42 avis, ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail avis sur la scurit des lasers 13 avis sur le niveau du volume, FCC (Federal Communications casque et couteurs 32 avis sur les appareils sans fil WWAN de Thalande 11 batterie 12, 46 batterie, remplacement par l'utilisateur 32 Brsil 5 Canada 5 clavier 33 cordon d'alimentation pour le Japon 18 cordons d'alimentation 18, 33 Core du Sud 10 environnement 42 ergonomie 8, 28 Japon 9 Macrovision Corporation 19 matriau compos de perchlorate 46 Mexique 10 mise au rebut des quipements 42 modem 14 niveau du volume du casque et des couteurs 32 restriction d'utilisation de Commission) 24 avis, ordinateurs portables FCC (Federal Communications Commission) 3 avis, restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour la Chine 43, 49 avis, restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour le Japon 52 avis de certification GS 8, 28 avis de restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour l'Ukraine 46 avis pour l'Union europenne 6, 26 avis pour la Core du Sud 10 avis pour le Brsil 5 avis pour le Canada 5 avis pour le Japon 9 avis pour Macrovision Corporation 19 substances dangereuses pour l'Ukraine 46 avis relatif au clavier 33 avis relatif aux appareils sans fil restriction d'utilisation de pour le Mexique 10 substances dangereuses pour la Chine 43, 49 avis sur l'altitude 34, 40 avis sur l'environnement pour la restriction d'utilisation de Chine 43 substances dangereuses pour le Japon 52 avis sur l'ergonomie 8, 28 avis sur la mise au rebut scurit des lasers 13 Singapour 11 Tawan 11 Union europenne 6, 26 batterie 46 batterie, remplacement par l'utilisateur 12 quipement 42 avis sur le niveau du volume du casque et des couteurs 32 avis sur les appareils sans fil pour Singapour 11 avis sur les appareils sans fil WWAN de Thalande 11 avis sur les conditions d'utilisation 42 avis sur les cordons d'alimentation 18, 33 avis sur les cordons d'alimentation pour le Japon 18 avis sur les dplacements 33 avis sur les modems 14 Canada 17 Japon 17 Nouvelle-Zlande 17 systme amricain 14 avis sur les modems pour la Nouvelle-Zlande 17 avis sur les modems pour le avis sur les modems pour le Canada 17 Japon 17 avis sur les modems pour les tats-Unis 14 avis sur les utilisations en vol 12 avis sur une utilisation dans des conditions tropicales 34, 40 avis tawanais 11 B batterie, avis 12, 32, 46 54 Index C conformit ENERGY STAR 12 D dclaration de conformit ordinateurs portables 4 dclaration de contenu de l'quipement pour le Japon 46 F FCC (Federal Communications Commission) avis sur les ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail 24 avis sur les ordinateurs portables 3 cble des ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail 24 cbles pour ordinateurs portables 3 modifications apportes aux ordinateurs portables 3 modifications des ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers et stations de travail 24 L loi du Mexique sur l'utilisation durable de l'nergie 46 M matriel lectronique et de la batterie, recyclage 42 modifications, ordinateurs de bureau, clients lgers, stations de travail FCC (Federal Communications Commission) 24 N notice de mise la terre des cbles 34 notices restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour l'Ukraine 53 O ordinateurs portables, modifications FCC (Federal Communications Commission) 3 P priphrique matriel, identification 1 priphriques de rseau local sans fil 25 priphriques LAN sans fil 26 priphriques WLAN 4 R recyclage de la batterie 42 recyclage du matriel lectronique et de la batterie 42 restriction d'utilisation de substances dangereuses pour l'Ukraine 53 S support vocal 18 T tuner TV, notice de mise la terre des cbles 34 Index 55

ThinkPad Regulatory Notice About this manual This manual contains regulatory information for ThinkPad Edge E145, E445, and E545. Read first regulatory information Read this document before using your computer. This computer complies with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. Install and use your computer according to the following instructions. If your computer contains a wireless WAN adapter, be sure to also read ThinkPad Regulatory Notice for the Wireless WAN Adapter, included with your computer. The latest Regulatory Notice has been uploaded on the Web site. To refer to it, go to http://www.lenovo.com/think/support, and then click Guides & Manuals. Veuillez lire le prsent document avant d'utiliser votre ordinateur. Cet ordinateur est conforme aux normes de frquence radio et de scurit de tous les pays ou rgions dans lesquels son utilisation sans fil a t homologue. Installez et utilisez l'ordinateur en respectant les instructions qui suivent. Si votre ordinateur contient une carte de rseau tendu (WAN) sans fil, veillez lire galement la consigne rglementaire ThinkPad Regulatory Notice for the Wireless WAN Adapter, fournie avec votre ordinateur. La version la plus rcente de la Notice relative la rglementation a t charge sur le site Web. Pour la consulter, accdez http://www.lenovo.com/think/support, puis sur Guides & Manuals. USA Federal Communications Commission (FCC) I. Approved wireless devices This section presents the FCC ID and model number of each wireless device. i) User installable wireless LAN adapter and wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo adapter ThinkPad Edge E145, E445, and E545 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE (Model: RTL8188EE) 1 FCC ID: QDS-BRCM1058 (Model: BCM943228HMB) FCC ID: QDS-BRCM1063 (Model: BCM943142HM) Notes:

The PCI Express Mini Cards (Model: BCM943228HMB and BCM943142HM) incorporate two functions: wireless LAN and Bluetooth. PCI Express Mini Cards for a wireless LAN marketed in the USA and Canada do not support or function in the extended channels (12ch, 13ch). II. User installable wireless LAN adapter and wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo adapter i) Use of the wireless LAN adapter and wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo adapter If no integrated PCI Express Mini Card has been preinstalled in your computer, you can install one, provided by Lenovo as an option. Plug the wireless option adapter into the PCI Express Mini Card slot. For the installation procedure, see Replacing a PCI Express Mini Card for wireless LAN connection in User Guide. Attention: The computer contains an authentication mechanism. If you install an unauthorized PCI Express Mini Card that is not approved for use in your computer, the computer will not start, but only displays an error message and emits audible beeps. ii) FCC ID location There is no FCC ID for the PCI Express Mini Card shown on the enclosure of your computer. Instead you will find an indicator pointing to the location of the FCC ID on the bottom of your computer. The FCC ID is affixed on the approved adapter installed in the PCI Express Mini Card slot, and the FCC ID is visible prior to installation. For the location of the FCC ID indicator and the slot, see FCC ID and IC Certification number label in User Guide. iii) FCC RF Exposure compliance The radiated output power of the PCI Express Mini Card authorized to use for your computer is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, it shall be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized as follows:

CAUTION:

To comply with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, a separation distance of at least 20 cm (8 inches) must be maintained between the antennas connected to the PCI Express Mini Cards and all persons. If the distance may not be maintained while the computer is closed, you must select sleep (standby) as the power mode when closing the display. 2 The transmission antennas for the PCI Express Mini Card are located in the LCD cover. See Location of the UltraConnect wireless antennas in User Guide. iv) Radio Frequency interference requirements Each device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to FCC Part 15 Subpart B. Refer to Electronic emission notices on page 7. When you use a wireless LAN adapter in the 802.11 a/n transmission mode:

Each device is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5150 to 5250 MHz frequency range. FCC requires these products to be used indoors for the frequency range 5150 to 5250 MHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5250 to 5350 MHz and 5650 to 5850 MHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage this device. III. Simultaneous use of RF transmitters Your computer is approved for simultaneous use of the approved wireless WAN adapter, and one of the approved wireless LAN adapter or wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo adapter. For a list of those transmitters, refer to I. Approved wireless devices on page 1 and ThinkPad Regulatory Notice for the Wireless WAN Adapter. Make sure of the following conditions when you use any other external RF option device:

1. When you use any other RF option device, you are requested to confirm that the device conforms to the RF Safety requirement and is approved to use for your computer. 2. You must follow the RF Safety instructions of the RF option device that are included in the user manual of the RF option device. 3. If the RF option device is prohibited to use in conjunction with another transmitters, you must turn off all other wireless features in your computer. Canada Industry Canada (IC) IC Certification number I. Approved wireless devices This section presents the IC Certification and model number of each wireless device. 3 i) User installable wireless LAN adapter and wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo adapter ThinkPad Edge E145, E445, and E545 IC: 6317A-RTL8188EE (Model: RTL8188EE) IC: 4324A-BRCM1058 (Model: BCM943228HMB) IC: 4324A-BRCM1063 (Model: BCM943142HM) Notes:

The PCI Express Mini Cards (Model: BCM943228HMB and BCM943142HM) incorporate two functions: wireless LAN and Bluetooth. PCI Express Mini Cards for a wireless LAN marketed in the USA and Canada do not support or function in the extended channels (12ch, 13ch). II. User installable wireless LAN adapter and wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo adapter There is no certification number of Industry Canada for the PCI Express Mini Card shown on the enclosure of your computer. Instead you will find an indicator pointing to the location of the IC Certification number on the bottom of your computer. The IC certification number is affixed on the approved adapter installed in the PCI Express Mini Card slot, and the IC Certification number is visible prior to installation. For the location of the IC Certification number indicator and the slot, see FCC ID and IC Certification number label in User Guide. Attention: The computer contains an authentication mechanism. You can install or remove each wireless adapter by yourself. If you install an unauthorized wireless adapter that is not approved for use in the computer, the computer will not start, but only displays an error message and emits audible beeps. III. Low power license-exempt radiocommunication devices

(RSS-210) Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference, and 2. this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. The transmitter devices have been designed to operate with the antennas integrated in the computer, and having a maximum gain of within 3 dBi. The maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the 5250-5350 MHz, 5470-5725 MHz, and 5725-5825 MHz bands complies with the e.i.r.p. limit in section A9.2 of RSS-210. When you use a wireless LAN adapter in the 802.11 a/n transmission mode:

4 The devices for the band 51505250 MHz are only for indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of 52505350 MHz and 56505850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LELAN (Licence-Exempt Local Area Network) devices. IV. Exposure of humans to RF fields (RSS-102) The computers employ low gain integral antennas that do not emit RF field in excess of Health Canada limits for the general population; consult Safety Code 6, obtainable from Health Canada's Web site at http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/

The radiated energy from the antennas connected to the wireless adapters conforms to the IC limit of the RF exposure requirement regarding IC RSS-102, Issue 2 clause 4.2. Numro d'homologation IC I. Priphriques sans fil homologus Cette section prsente le numro d'homologation IC et le numro de modle de chaque priphrique sans fil. i) Module sans fil installable par l'utilisateur ThinkPad Edge E145, E445, and E545 IC: 6317A-RTL8188EE (Model: RTL8188EE) IC: 4324A-BRCM1058 (Model: BCM943228HMB) IC: 4324A-BRCM1063 (Model: BCM943142HM) Remarque:

Les cartes mini-PCI Express (Modle : BCM943228HMB et BCM943142HM) intgrent deux fonctions : rseau local sans fil et Bluetooth. Les cartes de rseau local sans fil Express mini-PCI commercialises aux Etats-Unis et au Canada ne prennent pas en charge les canaux tendus (12ch, 13ch) et ne fonctionnent donc pas sur de tels canaux. II. Module sans fil installable par l'utilisateur Le botier de votre ordinateur ne comporte pas de numro d'homologation IC

(Industry Canada) pour la carte mini-PCI Express; mais sous votre ordinateur, vous trouverez un indicateur pointant vers l'emplacement du numro d'homologation IC. Pour connatre l'emplacement du numro d'homologation IC, consultez la section correspondante dans User Guide. Le numro d'homologation IC figure sur la carte homologue installe dans le logement pour carte mini-PCI Express et est visible avant l'installation. Pour savoir o se trouve cet emplacement, consultez la section correspondante dans User Guide. 5 Attention: L'ordinateur contient un mcanisme d'authentification. Vous pouvez installer ou dsinstaller tout dispositif sans fil. Si vous installez une carte sans fil qui n'est pas homologue dans votre ordinateur, l'ordinateur ne dmarrera pas mais affichera un message d'erreur et gnrera des bips sonores. III. Remarque relative aux appareils de communication radio de faible puissance sans licence (CNR-210) Le fonctionnement de ce type d'appareil est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes:

1. Cet appareil ne doit pas perturber les communications radio, et 2. cet appareil doit supporter toute perturbation, y compris les perturbations qui pourraient provoquer son dysfonctionnement. Les priphriques d'mission sont conus pour fonctionner avec des antennes intgres l'ordinateur et ayant un gain maximal de moins de 3 dBi. Le gain d'antenne maximal pour les priphriques dans les bandes de frquence 5250-5350 MHz, 5470-5725 MHz, et 5725-5825 MHz est conforme la limite p.i.r.e nonce dans la section A9.2 de la CNR-210. Lorsque vous utilisez la carte pour rseau local sans fil en mode de transmission 802.11 a/n:

Tout appareil destin la bande 5150-5250 MHz devra tre exclusivement utilis en intrieur afin de rduire les risques de perturbations lectromagntiques gnantes sur les systmes de satellite mobile dans un mme canal. Les radars forte puissance sont dsigns comme les utilisateurs principaux

(c'est--dire qu'ils sont prioritaires) des bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz. Ils peuvent provoquer des perturbations lectromagntiques sur les appareils de type LELAN (rseau de communication local sans licence) ou les endommager. IV. Exposition des tres humains aux champs radiolectriques

(RF) (CNR-102) L'ordinateur utilise des antennes intgrales faible gain qui n'mettent pas un champ lectromagntique suprieur aux normes imposes par le Ministre de la sant canadien pour la population. Consultez le Safety Code 6 sur le site Web du Ministre de la sant canadien l'adresse http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/

L'nergie mise par les antennes relies aux adaptateurs sans fil respecte la limite d'exposition aux radiofrquences telle que dfinie par Industrie Canada dans la clause 4.2 du document CNR-102. 6 Electronic emission notices Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Declaration of Conformity Model: RTL8188EE Note: The wireless LAN/Bluetooth combo adapters (Models: BCM943228HMB and BCM943142HM) underwent certification process for the FCC Part 15 Subpart B compliance under each respective FCC ID number. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. the receiver is connected. Consult an authorized dealer or service representative for help. Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized change or modifications could avoid the users authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Responsible Party:

Lenovo (United States) Incorporated 1009 Think Place-Building One Morrisville, NC 27560 Telephone: 1-919-294-5900 7 Industry Canada Class B Emission Compliance Statement This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Avis de conformit la rglementation d'Industrie Canada Cet appareil numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada. Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both:

Lenovo ThinkPad UltraConnect Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. 8 First Edition (May 2013) Copyright Lenovo 2013. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant a General Services Administration GSA contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-35F-05925. Printed in China

(1P) P/N: 0C11026

*1P0C11026*

RTL8188EE Mini-Card Users Manual Rev. 1.0 08 Nov 2011 Realtek Semiconductor Corp. No. 2, Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300, Taiwan Tel.: +886-3-578-0211. Fax: +886-3-577-6047 www.realtek.com.tw RTL8188EE mini-Card User Manual COPYRIGHT 2011 Realtek Semiconductor Corp. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means without the written permission of Realtek Semiconductor Corp. DISCLAIMER Realtek provides this document as is, without warranty of any kind, neither expressed nor implied, including, but not limited to, the particular purpose. Realtek may make improvements and/or changes in this document or in the product described in this document at any time. This document could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. TRADEMARKS Realtek is a trademark of Realtek Semiconductor Corporation. Other names mentioned in this document are trademarks/registered trademarks of their respective owners. USING THIS DOCUMENT This document is intended for the software engineers reference and provides detailed programming information. Though every effort has been made to ensure that this document is current and accurate, more information may have become available subsequent to the production of this guide. In that event, please contact your Realtek representative for additional information that may help in the development process. ii Rev.1.0 RTL8188EE mini-Card User Manual Table of Contents 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................................................ 4 1.1. RTL8188EE .................................................................................................................................................................... 4 2. FEATURES ............................................................................................................................................................................... 4 1.2. ENVIRONMENTAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 7 1.2.1. Operating ............................................................................................................................................................... 7 Storage .................................................................................................................................................................... 7 1.2.2. 1.3. FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................................................................................................... 7 1.4. WARNING ........................................................................................................................................................................ 9 4.5.1 Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement ...................................................................................... 9 4.5.2 Industry Canada Statement ........................................................................................................................................ 10 4.5.3 NCC ................................................................................................................................................................... 13 List of Tables TABLE 2. FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................................................................ 7 List of Figures iii Rev.1.0 RTL8188EE mini-Card User Manual 1. General Description 1.1. RTL8188EE The Realtek RTL8188EE is a highly integrated single-chip 802.11n Wireless LAN (WLAN) PCI Express network interface controller. It combines a WLAN MAC, a 1T1R capable WLAN baseband, and RF in s single chip. The RTL8188EE provides a complete solution for a high-performance integrated wireless. The integration provides better coordination between 802.11, RTL8188EE also integrates RF/PA/LNA for both 802.11n. The 802.11 part supports 150Mbps PHY rate and delivers reliable throughput from an extended distance. 2. Features 2.1 General 46-pin QFN CMOS MAC, Baseband PHY, and RF in a single chip for IEEE 802.11b/g/n compatible WLAN Complete 802.11n solution for 2.4GHz band 72.2Mbps receive PHY rate and 72.2Mbps transmit PHY rate using 20MHz bandwidth 150Mbps receive PHY rate and 150Mbps transmit PHY rate using 40MHz bandwidth Compatible with 802.11n specification Backward compatible with 802.11b/g devices while operating in 802.11n mode Standards Supported IEEE 802.11b/g/n compatible WLAN IEEE 802.11e QoS Enhancement (WMM) IEEE 802.11h TPC, Spectrum Measurement 802.11i (WPA, WPA2). Open, shared key, and pair-wise key authentication services Cisco Compatible Extensions (CCX) for WLAN devices Host Interface 4 Rev.1.0 Complies with PCI Express Base Specification Revision 1.1 for WLAN WLAN MAC Features RTL8188EE mini-Card User Manual Frame aggregation for increased MAC efficiency (A-MSDU, A-MPDU) Low latency immediate High-Throughput Block Acknowledgement (HT-BA) Long NAV for media reservation with CF-End for NAV release PHY-level spoofing to enhance legacy compatibility Power saving mechanism Channel management and co-existence Multiple BSSID feature allows the RTL8188EE to assume multiple MAC identities when used as a wireless bridge Transmit Opportunity (TXOP) Short Inter-Frame Space (SIFS) bursting for higher multimedia bandwidth WLAN PHY Features IEEE 802.11n OFDM One Transmit and one Receive path (1T1R) 20MHz and 40MHz bandwidth transmission Short Guard Interval (400ns) DSSS with DBPSK and DQPSK, CCK modulation with long and short preamble OFDM with BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM, and 640QAM modulation. Convolution Coding Rate: 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, and 5/6 Maximum data rate 54Mbps in 802.11g and 150Mbps in 802.11n Switch diversity for DSSS/CCK Hardware antenna diversity Selectable receiver FIR filters Programmable scaling in transmitter and receiver to trade quantization noise against increased probability of clipping Fast receiver Automatic Gain Control (AGC) 5 Rev.1.0 RTL8188EE mini-Card User Manual On-chip ADC and DAC Peripheral Interfaces General Purpose Input/Output (9 pins) Three configurable LED pins 6 Rev.1.0 RTL8188EE mini-Card User Manual 1.2. Environmental 1.2.1. Operating Operating Temperature:

Relative Humidity:

1.2.2. Storage Temperature:

Relevant Humidity:

0 to 70 C 5-90% (non-condensing)

-55 to 125 C 5-95% (non-condensing) 1.3. Functional Specifications Standards Bus Interface Form Factor Data Rate Media Access Control Table 1. Functional Specifications WiFi:

IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, Draft IEEE 802.11n, IEEE 802.11d, IEEE 802.11e, IEEE 802.11h, IEEE 802.11i WiFi: PCI Express Half Size Mini Card 802.11b:

11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps;

802.11g:

54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 802.11n:

MCS 0 to 7 for HT20MHz;

MCS 0 to 7 for HT40MHz WiFi:

CSMA/CA with ACK 802.11b:

CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 802.11g:

Modulation Techniques 64 QAM, 16 QAM, QPSK, BPSK Network Architecture Operating Channel Frequency Range Security 802.11n:

BPSK, QPSK, 16-QAM, 64-QAM WiFi:

Ad-hoc mode (Peer-to-Peer ) Infrastructure mode WiFi 2.4GHz:

11: (Ch. 1-11) United States 13: (Ch. 1-13) Europe 13: (Ch. 1-14) Japan 2.400GHz ~ 2.4835 GHz WiFi :

WPA, WPA-PSK, WPA2, WPA2-PSK, WEP 64bit & 128bit, IEEE 802.11x, IEEE 802.11i 7 Rev.1.0 Operating Voltage 3.3 V 9% I/O supply voltage RTL8188EE mini-Card User Manual 8 Rev.1.0 RTL8188EE mini-Card User Manual 1.4. Warning 4.5.1 Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:

-

-

-

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

-

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC Caution: Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment. IMPORTANT NOTE:

FCC Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. IEEE 802.11b or 802.11g operation of this product in the U.S.A. is firmware-limited to channels 1 through 11. This device has been designed to operate with an antenna having a maximum gain of PIFA = 3.5 dBi, Dipole = 3.0 dBi. This device is intended only for OEM integrators under the following conditions:

1) The antenna must be installed such that 20 cm is maintained between the antenna and users, and 2) The transmitter module may not be co-located with any other transmitter or antenna, 9 Rev.1.0 RTL8188EE mini-Card User Manual As long as 2 conditions above are met, further transmitter test will not be required. However, the OEM integrator is still responsible for testing their end-product for any additional compliance requirements required with this module installed (for example, digital device emissions, PC peripheral requirements, etc.). IMPORTANT NOTE: In the event that these conditions can not be met (for example certain laptop configurations or co-location with another transmitter), then the FCC authorization is no longer considered valid and the FCC ID can not be used on the final product. In these circumstances, the OEM integrator will be responsible for re-evaluating the end product (including the transmitter) and obtaining a separate FCC authorization. End Product Labeling This transmitter module is authorized only for use in device where the antenna may be installed such that 20 cm may be maintained between the antenna and users. The final end product must be labeled in a visible area with the following: Contains FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE. Manual Information To the End User The OEM integrator has to be aware not to provide information to the end user regarding how to install or remove this RF module in the users manual of the end product which integrates this module. The end user manual shall include all required regulatory information/warning as show in this manual. 4.5.2 Industry Canada Statement This device complies with RSS-210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1) this device may not cause interference and 2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device French translation:

Ce dispositif est conforme la norme CNR-210 d'Industrie Canada applicable aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Son fonctionnement est sujet aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) le dispositif ne doit pas produire de brouillage prjudiciable, et (2) ce dispositif doit accepter tout brouillage reu, y compris un brouillage susceptible de provoquer un fonctionnement indsirable. This device has been designed to operate with an antenna having a maximum gain of PIFA = 3.5 dBi, Dipole = 3.0 dBi. Antenna having a higher gain is strictly prohibited per regulations of Industry Canada. The required antenna impedance is 50 ohms. To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the EIRP is not more than required for successful communication. French translation:

Ce dispositif a t conu pour fonctionner avec une antenne ayant un gain maximum de PIFA = 3.5 dBi, Dipole = 3.0 dBi Une antenne 10 Rev.1.0 RTL8188EE mini-Card User Manual gain plus lev est strictement interdite par les rglements d'Industrie Canada. L'impdance d'antenne requise est de 50 ohms. Conformment la rglementation d'Industrie Canada, le prsent metteur radio peutfonctionner avec une antenne d'un type et d'un gain maximal (ou infrieur) approuv pourl'metteur par Industrie Canada. Dans le but de rduire les risques de brouillage radiolectrique l'intention des autres utilisateurs, il faut choisir le type d'antenne et son gain de sorte que lapuissance isotrope rayonne quivalente (p.i.r.e.) ne dpasse pas l'intensit ncessaire l'tablissement d'une communication satisfaisante. IMPORTANT NOTE:

IC Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. French translation:

NOTE IMPORTANTE: (Pour l'utilisation de dispositifs mobiles) Dclaration d'exposition aux radiations:

Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de 20 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. This device is intended only for OEM integrators under the following conditions:

1) The antenna must be installed such that 20 cm is maintained between the antenna and users, and 2) The transmitter module may not be co-located with any other transmitter or antenna, As long as 2 conditions above are met, further transmitter test will not be required. However, the OEM integrator is still responsible for testing their end-product for any additional compliance requirements required with this module installed. French translation :

Cet appareil est conu uniquement pour les intgrateurs OEM dans les conditions suivantes: (Pour utilisation de dispositif module) 1) L'antenne doit tre installe de telle sorte qu'une distance de 20 cm est respecte entre l'antenne et les utilisateurs, et 2) Le module metteur peut ne pas tre complant avec un autre metteur ou antenne, 11 Rev.1.0 Tant que les 2 conditions ci-dessus sont remplies, des essais supplmentaires sur l'metteur ne seront pas ncessaires. Toutefois, l'intgrateur OEM est toujours responsable des essais sur son produit final pour toutes exigences de conformit supplmentaires requis pour ce module install. RTL8188EE mini-Card User Manual IMPORTANT NOTE: In the event that these conditions can not be met (for example certain laptop configurations or co-location with another transmitter), then the IC authorization is no longer considered valid and the IC ID can not be used on the final product. In these circumstances, the OEM integrator will be responsible for re-evaluating the end product (including the transmitter) and obtaining a separate IC authorization. French translation:

NOTE IMPORTANTE:

Dans le cas o ces conditions ne peuvent tre satisfaites (par exemple pour certaines configurations d'ordinateur portable ou de certaines co-localisation avec un autre metteur), l'autorisation du Canada n'est plus considr comme valide et l'ID IC ne peut pas tre utilis sur le produit final. Dans ces circonstances, l'intgrateur OEM sera charg de rvaluer le produit final (y compris l'metteur) et l'obtention d'une autorisation distincte au Canada. End Product Labeling This transmitter module is authorized only for use in device where the antenna may be installed such that 20 cm may be maintained between the antenna and users. The final end product must be labeled in a visible area with the following: Contains IC: 6317A-RTL8188EE. French translation:

Plaque signaltique du produit final Ce module metteur est autoris uniquement pour une utilisation dans un dispositif o l'antenne peut tre installe de telle sorte qu'une distance de 20cm peut tre maintenue entre l'antenne et les utilisateurs. Le produit final doit tre tiquet dans un endroit visible avec l'inscription suivante: "Contient des IC:

6317A-RTL8188EE ". Manual Information To The End User The OEM integrator has to be aware not to provide information to the end user regarding how to install or remove this RF module in the users manual of the end product which integrates this module. The end user manual shall include all required regulatory information/warning as show in this manual. 12 Rev.1.0 RTL8188EE mini-Card User Manual French translation:

Manuel d'information l'utilisateur final L'intgrateur OEM doit tre conscient de ne pas fournir des informations l'utilisateur final quant la faon d'installer ou de supprimer ce module RF dans le manuel de l'utilisateur du produit final qui intgre ce module. Le manuel de l'utilisateur final doit inclure toutes les informations rglementaires requises et avertissements comme indiqu dans ce manuel. 4.5.3 NCC XXXyyyLPDzzzz-x (NCC ID) Realtek Semiconductor Corp. Headquarters No. 2, Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu, 300, Taiwan, R.O.C. Tel: 886-3-5780211 Fax: 886-3-5776047 www.realtek.com.tw 13 Rev.1.0

Photographs of EUT Config.2 Fixed -

PCIE(Main source) Report No.:211949-37 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-327-0973 PAGE NUMBER : 1 OF 5 ISSUED DATE

: Nov. 04, 2014 Report No.:211949-37 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-327-0973 PAGE NUMBER : 2 OF 5 ISSUED DATE

: Nov. 04, 2014 Report No.:211949-37 Config.3 Single -

PCIE(Main source) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-327-0973 PAGE NUMBER : 3 OF 5 ISSUED DATE

: Nov. 04, 2014 Report No.:211949-37 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-327-0973 PAGE NUMBER : 4 OF 5 ISSUED DATE

: Nov. 04, 2014 Report No.:211949-37 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-327-0973 PAGE NUMBER : 5 OF 5 ISSUED DATE

: Nov. 04, 2014

Report No.: 211949-06 APPENDIX A. Photographs of EUT SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : A1 OF A3 Report No.: 211949-06 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : A2 OF A3 Report No.: 211949-06 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : A3 OF A3

Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Regulatory Wireless Antenna Information Platform Platform Owner Brand Name Model Name ODM Target Launch Date Antenna Manufacturer Part Number Module With WLAN Module Lenovo (Beijing) Limited. Lenovo ThinkPad Edge E145 Quanta

(2012/ 05/ 15) Wistron NeWeb Corporation, Ltd. Tx1/ Rx1 Antenna: DQ6G15G5800 Tx2/Rx2 Antenna: DQ6G15G5700 RTL8188EE Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 1/32 Antenna Sample / Antenna Data Requirements for worldwide regulatory approval Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc n o i t c e S Description of Required OEM / ODM Antenna Information 1A Part Number for Antenna only 1B Antenna Manufacturer Name 1C Description of Antenna Type US / IC EU Japan Taiwan S.Korea Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required N/A N/A N/A N/A 1D Part number of Antenna Assembly / cable impedance, length & diameter. Required Desired Desired Desired Desired 1E Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Peak Gain W/ cable loss) *

Required Required Required Required Required 1E OR 1F, 1G, 1H 1F Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Peak Gain only) *

Required Required Required Required Required 1G VSWR of cable including connector Required Required Required Required Required 1H Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Cable loss W/ connector) *

Required Required Required Required Required Dimensioned Photographs and Drawings of Tx1, Tx2, and Tx3 (or Rx3) antennas Radiation patterns of antennas loaded in the host platform. Platform model name / number - correlated to antenna manufacturer and antenna part number Photograph(s) or Drawings showing location of antennas in platform. (S. Korea requires photographs of antennas for approval submission). Taiwan requires pictures of each antenna type shown in the system. Mech. drawings / photos with dimensions of antenna locations and distance from end-user (For evaluation of SAR testing requirement). Photograph(s) or Drawings showing the location of all antennas (WLAN, other) and distance between those transmitting antennas. Information will be used to evaluate whether co-location testing is required. Required Required Required Required Required Required Desired Required Required Required Required Required Desired Required Desired Required Required Desired Required

(Photos) Required

(Photos) Required N/A N/A N/A N/A Required N/A N/A N/A N/A Local representative contact information for LMA/

PARS process. Required N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 2/32 Antenna Information Section 1. Antenna Assembly Specifications Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Antenna Peak Gain required being test in system basis. 1E frame contend absolutely peak antenna gain include H/V Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 3/32 Antenna Peak Gain Table:

Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 4/32 HorizontalVerticalHorizontalVertical(dBi)(dBi)(dBi)(dBi)2300-2.37-2.202300-0.14-3.952350-1.00-2.122350-1.72-3.682400-2.41-1.642400-3.83-3.122450-1.94-1.802450-3.14-2.662500-1.07-0.582500-1.48-2.462550-1.35-1.162550-0.85-1.932600-1.19-3.062600-2.25-1.232650-0.80-2.242650-0.89-2.212700-2.05-2.032700-0.47-3.595150-2.95-3.265150-1.96-4.265250-1.57-3.645250-1.00-3.605350-1.23-4.425350-1.98-2.465470-1.69-3.165470-1.02-3.365600-1.68-3.355600-1.36-2.695725-3.60-2.955725-1.61-2.185785-2.75-0.675785-1.53-0.745850-3.67-1.425850-1.19-0.47Aux antennaFrequency(MHz)Frequency(MHz)Main antenna Section 2. Dimensioned Photos or Drawings of Antennas Include a dimensioned photo and dimensioned drawing of Tx1/Rx1 antenna here. Tx1/Rx1 Antenna Dimensioned Drawing:

Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Tx1/Rx1 Antenna Photo:

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 5/32 Include a dimensioned photo and dimensioned drawing of Rx2 antenna here. Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Tx2/Rx2 Antenna Dimensioned Drawing:

Tx2/Rx2 Antenna Photo:

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 6/32 Include front view photo of all 3 antennas here. Antenna Manufacturer: WNC Antenna Part Number: DQ6G15G5800(Tx1/Rx1) , DQ6G15G5700 (Tx2/Rx2) Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Include back view photo of all 3 antennas here. Antenna Manufacturer: WNC Antenna Part Number: DQ6G15G5800(Tx1/Rx1) , DQ6G15G5700 (Tx2/Rx2) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 7/32 Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Section 3. Radiation characteristics of antennae Loaded in Host Platform 2300-2500MHz radiation characteristic Antenna Gain and Radiation Pattern Measuring Structure Diagram X=

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 8/32 M Z X Y 0 r =90 =90 =180 =90 =0 =0 =-90 =180 Probe 63 gh6363 Tx1 antenna: 2300 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Tx1 antenna: 2350 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 9/32 H-polV polPeak Gain-2.37-2.20-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2300 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270Peak Gain-1.00-2.12H-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2350 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 2400 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Tx1 antenna: 2450 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 10/32 Peak Gain-2.41-1.64H-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2400 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270Peak Gain-1.94-1.80H-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2450 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 2500 MHz Rx2 antenna: 2300 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 11/32 V polPeak Gain-1.07-0.58H-pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2500 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270H-polV polPeak Gain-0.14-3.95-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2300 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Rx2 antenna: 2350 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Rx2 antenna: 2400 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 12/32

-3.68Peak Gain-1.72V polH-pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2350 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270Peak Gain-3.12V pol-3.83H-pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2400 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Rx2 antenna: 2450 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Rx2 antenna: 2500 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 13/32 H-polV polPeak Gain-3.14-2.66-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2450 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270V polPeak Gain-1.48-2.46H-pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2500 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 2500-2700 MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 2500 MHz Tx1 antenna: 2550 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 14/32 V polPeak Gain-1.07-0.58H-pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2500 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270H-polV polPeak Gain-1.35-1.16-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2550 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 2600 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Tx1 antenna: 2650 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 15/32

-1.19-3.06H-polV polPeak Gain-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2600 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270H-polV polPeak Gain-0.80-2.24-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2650 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 2700 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Rx2 antenna: 2500 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 16/32 H-polV polPeak Gain-2.05-2.03-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2700 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270V polPeak Gain-1.48-2.46H-pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2500 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Rx2 antenna: 2550 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Rx2 antenna: 2600 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 17/32 Peak Gain-0.85-1.93H-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2550 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270-2.25Peak Gain-1.23V polH-pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2600 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Rx2 antenna: 2650 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Rx2 antenna: 2700 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 18/32

-0.89-2.21H-polV polPeak Gain-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2650 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270-3.59Peak Gain-0.47H-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2700 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 5150-5350 MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5150 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Tx1 antenna: 5250 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 19/32 H-polV polPeak Gain-2.95-3.26-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5150 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270H-polV polPeak Gain-1.57-3.64-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5250 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5350 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Rx2 antenna: 5150 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 20/32 H-polV polPeak Gain-1.23-4.42-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5350 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270H-polV polPeak Gain-1.96-4.26-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5150 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Rx2 antenna: 5250 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Rx2 antenna: 5350 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 21/32 H-polV polPeak Gain-1.00-3.60-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5250 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270-1.98-2.46Peak GainH-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5350 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 5470-5725MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5470 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Tx1 antenna: 5600 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 22/32 H-polV polPeak Gain-1.69-3.16-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5470 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270V polPeak Gain-1.68H-pol-3.35-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5600 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5725 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Rx2 antenna: 5470 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 23/32 V polH-pol-3.60-2.95Peak Gain-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5725 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270Peak Gain-1.02-3.36H-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5470 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Rx2 antenna: 5600 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Rx2 antenna: 5725 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 24/32

-1.36-2.69Peak GainH-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5600 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270H-polV polPeak Gain-1.61-2.18-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5725 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 5725-5850MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5725 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Tx1 antenna: 5785 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 25/32 V polH-pol-3.60-2.95Peak Gain-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5725 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270H-polV polPeak Gain-2.75-0.67-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5785 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5850 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Rx2 antenna: 5725 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 26/32 H-polV polPeak Gain-3.67-1.42-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5850 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270H-polV polPeak Gain-1.61-2.18-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5725 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Rx2 antenna: 5785 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Rx2 antenna: 5850 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 27/32 H-polV polPeak Gain-1.53-0.74-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5785 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270V polH-polPeak Gain-1.19-0.47-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5850 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Section 4. Host Platform Information OEM / ODM Host platform: (ThinkPad Edge E130) platform correlated to antenna data Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Rating Label Photo:

WLAN Main (Tx1/Rx1) WLAN Aux (Tx2/Rx2) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 28/32 Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Section 5. Antenna Host Platform Location Information Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing of Tx1/Rx1, Rx2 antenna placements (measurements are not required for receive-only antenna). Any antenna that transmits must show dimensions to bottom of laptop. WLAN Main (Tx1/Rx1 ) WLAN Aux (Tx2/Rx2) 14.5 20 27 200 14.5 20 24 203 Bottom of laptop Bottom of laptop Unit : mm Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 29/32 Section 6. Antenna dimensional information for SAR evaluation Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing showing the distance (mm) between the transmit antennas and the user (excluding hands, wrist, feet, and ankle) Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc 260mm 203mm 215mm Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 30/32 Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Section 7. Diagram Example of Co-Location Antenna Separation Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing showing the distance (mm) between all WLAN transmit antennas and other co-located radiator transmit antenna such as Bluetooth, WWAN,..

(Note: Due to the evolving rules regarding co-location, each platform will need to be reviewed on a case by case basis) WLAN Main Antenna

(Tx1/Rx1) 216.5 WLAN Aux Antenna (Tx2/Rx2) 14.5 48 42 14.5 203 Unit : mm 143 165 7 30 WLAN UMTS 39 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 31/32 Section 8. Local representative contact information Local representative contact information is required for regulatory support for target countries below. Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlwnc Local company name Contact name Argentina Azerbaijan Cambodia Canada Croatia Indonesia Israel Malaysia Moldova Philippines Singapore South Africa Taiwan USA Vietnam Phone number FAX Number e-Mail Address Notes Telecommunication Equipment Dealer License Required Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 32/32

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information

(English Language Required for Intel Regulatory Review / Approval) Platform Platform Owner Brand Name Model Name ODM Target Launch Date Antenna Brand Name Part Number Module With WLAN Module

(Check Box) Lenovo(Beijing) Limited Lenovo(Beijing) Limited ThinkPad Edge E545 Compal 2013/05/05 Wistron Neweb Corporation Tx1 Antenna: 81.EKG15.G38 Tx2 Antenna: 81.EKG15.G37 RTL8188EE Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 1/36 Antenna Sample / Antenna Data Requirements for worldwide regulatory approval n o i t c e S Description of Required OEM / ODM Antenna Information 1A Part Number for Antenna only 1B Antenna Manufacturer Name 1C Description of Antenna Type US / IC EU Japan Taiwan S.Korea Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required N/A N/A N/A N/A 1D Part number of Antenna Assembly / cable impedance, length & diameter. 1E OR 1F, 1G, 1H 1E Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Peak Gain W/ cable loss) *

1F Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Peak Gain only) *

1G VSWR of cable including connector 1H Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Cable loss W/ connector) *

Required Desired Desired Desired Desired Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Dimensioned Photographs and Drawings of Tx1, Tx2, and Tx3 (or Rx3) antennas Radiation patterns of antennas loaded in the host platform. Platform model name / number - correlated to antenna manufacturer and antenna part number Photograph(s) or Drawings showing location of antennas in platform. (S. Korea requires photographs of antennas for approval submission). Taiwan requires pictures of each antenna type shown in the system. Mech. drawings / photos with dimensions of antenna locations and distance from end-user (For evaluation of SAR testing requirement). Photograph(s) or Drawings showing the location of all antennas (WLAN, other) and distance between those transmitting antennas. Information will be used to evaluate whether co-location testing is required. Required Required Required Required Required Required Desired Required N/A Required Required Required Desired Required Desired Required Required Desired Required

(Photos) Required

(Photos) Required N/A N/A N/A N/A Required N/A N/A N/A N/A Local representative contact information for LMA/

PARS process. Required N/A N/A N/A N/A NOTE:

(*) if 3rd antenna is Rx only (e.g. receive only for 4965AGN) then peak gain and cable loss not required Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 2/36 Antenna Information Section 1. Antenna Assembly Specifications Antenna Assembly Summary:

1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 1G 1H Antenna Part Manufacture Antenna Type Cable Assembly Part Peak Gain W/

Peak Gain w/o VSWR Cable Loss (dBi) Number Number and Information Cable loss (dBi) Cable Loss (dBi) P/N: 60.EKG0C.002 2400 - 2500 MHz 2400 - 2500 MHz 2400 - 2500 2400 - 2500 MHz MHz 0.18 dBi (peak) 1.94 dBi (peak) 2.0 max 1.76 dBi (peak) Main Antenna 50 ohm Coaxial. 5150 - 5350 MHz 5150 - 5350 MHz 5150 - 5350 5150 - 5350 MHz MHz Antenna P/N :

81.EKG15.G38 Wistron Neweb Corporation PIFA length: 614 mm 0.72 dBi (peak) 3.10 dBi (peak) 2.0 max 2.38 dBi (peak) diameter: 1.37 mm 5470 - 5725 MHz 5470 - 5725 MHz 5470 - 5725 5470 - 5725 MHz MHz customer P/N :

DC33000Z220 Connector: IPEX P/N:60.EKG0C.001 1.61 dBi (peak) 4.13 dBi (peak) 2.0 max 2.52 dBi (peak) 5725 - 5850 MHz 5725 - 5850 MHz 5725 - 5850 5725 - 5850 MHz MHz 1.92 dBi (peak) 4.48 dBi (peak) 2.0 max 2.56 dBi (peak) 2400 - 2500 MHz 2400 - 2500 MHz 2400 - 2500 2400 - 2500 MHz MHz 0.60 dBi (peak) 2.66 dBi (peak) 2.0 max 2.06 dBi (peak) Aux Antenna 50 ohm Coaxial. 5150 - 5350 MHz 5150 - 5350 MHz 5150 - 5350 5150 - 5350 MHz MHz Antenna P/N :

81.EKG15.G37 Wistron Neweb Corporation PIFA length: 733 mm 0.03 dBi (peak) 2.83 dBi (peak) 2.0 max 2.80 dBi (peak) diameter: 1.37 mm 5470 - 5725 MHz 5470 - 5725 MHz 5470 - 5725 5470 - 5725 MHz MHz customer P/N :

DC33000Z230 Connector: IPEX 0.49 dBi (peak) 3.45 dBi (peak) 2.0 max 2.96 dBi (peak) 5725 - 5850 MHz 5725 - 5850 MHz 5725 - 5850 5725 - 5850 MHz MHz 1.50 dBi (peak) 4.51 dBi (peak) 2.0 max 3.01 dBi (peak) NOTE:

(*) If Rx2/Rx3 only (2nd or 3rd antenna receives only, e.g. for 512 family & 4965AGN) then the information marked with *

is not required Antenna Peak Gain Table:

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 3/36 Main antenna Aux antenna Frequency

(MHz) Horizontal Vertical Frequency

(MHz) Horizontal Vertical

(dBi)

(dBi)

(dBi)

(dBi) 2400 2450 2500 5150 5250 5350 5470 5600 5725 5785 5850 0.18

-1.00

-1.54 0.72 0.20

-3.56

-4.96

-3.81

-1.14

-1.28

-0.68

-2.65 1.61 0.54

-0.76 0.64 1.92

-2.39

-2.13

-2.46

-0.91

-3.21 2400 2450 2500 5150 5250 5350 5470 5600 5725 5785 5850 0.60

-1.30 0.28 0.03

-0.61

-0.53

-1.22

-0.80

-2.94

-4.03

-0.97

-3.42

-1.20 0.49 0.06 1.50 0.69

-3.52

-2.14

-3.38

-3.76

-3.20 Antenna Peak Gain required being test in system basis. 1E frame contend absolutely peak antenna gain include H/V If Rx2 only (2nd antenna receives only, e.g. for 512 family) then the information is not required for Rx2. If Rx3 only (3rd antenna receives only, e.g. for 4965AGN) then the information is not required for Rx3. Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 4/36 Section 2. Dimensioned Photos or Drawings of Antennas Include a dimensioned photo and dimensioned drawing of Tx1 antenna here. WLAN_Main Antenna Dimensioned Drawing:

WLAN _Main Antenna Photo:

Main(Front) Main(Back) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 5/36 WLAN_Aux Antenna Dimensioned Drawing:

WLAN _ Aux Antenna Photo:

AUX(Front) AUX (Back) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 6/36 Include front view photo of all 2 antennas here. WLAN Main/Aux Antenna Manufacturer: Wistron Neweb Corporation WLAN Main/Aux Antenna Part Number: DC33000Z220 (Tx1), DC33000Z230 (Tx2) Include back view photo of all 2 antennas here. WLAN Main/Aux Antenna Manufacturer: Wistron Neweb Corporation WLAN Main/Aux Antenna Part Number: DC33000Z220 (Tx1), DC33000Z230 (Tx2) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 7/36 Section 3. Radiation characteristics of antennae Loaded in Host Platform 2400-2500MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 2400 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 8/36 H-polV polPeak Gain0.18-3.56-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2400 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 2450 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 9/36 Peak Gain-1.00-4.96H-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2450 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 2500 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 10/36 V polPeak Gain-1.54-3.81H-pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2500 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 antenna: 2400 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 11/36 Peak Gain0.60H-pol-0.53V pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2400 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 antenna: 2450 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 12/36 H-polV pol-1.30-1.22Peak Gain-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2450 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 antenna: 2500 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 13/36 H-polV polPeak Gain0.28-0.80-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2500 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 5150-5350 MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5150 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 14/36 H-polV polPeak Gain0.72-1.14-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5150 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5250 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 15/36 H-polV polPeak Gain0.20-1.28-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5250 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5350 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 16/36 H-polV polPeak Gain-0.68-2.65-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5350 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 antenna: 5150 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 17/36 H-polV polPeak Gain0.03-2.94-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5150 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 antenna: 5250 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 18/36 Peak Gain-0.61-4.03H-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5250 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 antenna: 5350 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 19/36

-0.97-3.42Peak GainH-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5350 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 5470-5725MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5470 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 20/36 H-polV polPeak Gain1.61-2.39-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5470 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5600 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 21/36 H-polV polPeak Gain0.54-2.13-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5600 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5725 MHz Tx2 antenna: 5470 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 22/36 V pol-0.76-2.46H-polPeak Gain-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5725 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 23/36

-3.52Peak Gain-1.20V polH-pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5470 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 antenna: 5600 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 24/36 Peak Gain0.49-2.14H-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5600 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 antenna: 5725 MHz 5725-5850 MHz radiation characteristic Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 25/36 Tx1 antenna: 5725 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 26/36 V pol-0.76-2.46H-polPeak Gain-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5725 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5785 MHz Tx1 antenna: 5850 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 27/36 H-polV polPeak Gain0.64-0.91-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5785 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 antenna: 5725 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 28/36 H-polV polPeak Gain1.92-3.21-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5850 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 antenna: 5785 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 29/36 Tx2 antenna: 5850 MHz Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 30/36 H-polV polPeak Gain1.50-3.76-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5785 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Section 4. Host Platform Information Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 31/36 H-polV polPeak Gain0.69-3.20-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5850 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 OEM / ODM Host platform: (QILE2) platform correlated to antenna data Rating Label Photo:

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 32/36 Section 5. Antenna Host Platform Location Information Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing of Tx1, Tx2 and Tx3 antenna placements (measurements are not required for receive-only antenna). Any antenna that transmits must show dimensions to bottom of laptop. 3.5cm 2.5cm 2.5cm 3.0cm 25.5cm TX2 TX1 24cm 21.0cm 21.0cm Bottom of laptop Bottom of laptop Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 33/36 Section 6. Antenna dimensional information for SAR evaluation Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing showing the distance (mm) between the transmit antennas and the user (excluding hands, wrist, feet, and ankle) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 34/36 Section 7. Diagram Example of Co-Location Antenna Separation Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing showing the distance (mm) between all WLAN transmit antennas and other co-located radiator transmit antenna such as Bluetooth, WWAN,..

(Note: Due to the evolving rules regarding co-location, each platform will need to be reviewed on a case by case basis) 35mm 25mm 227mm 25mm 30mm TX2 WWAN AUX WWAN MAIN TX1 14mm 14mm 240mm 210mm 210mm 265mm 290mm WLAN_module 165mm 150mm Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 35/36 Section 8. Local representative contact information Local representative contact information is required for regulatory support for target countries below. Local company name Contact name Phone number FAX Number e-Mail Address Notes Argentina Brazil Indonesia Israel Malaysia Mexico Singapore South Africa USA, Canada Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 36/36

Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Regulatory Wireless Antenna Information Platform Platform Owner Brand Name Model Name ODM Target Launch Date Antenna Manufacturer Part Number Module With WLAN Module Lenovo (Beijing) Limited. Lenovo ThinkPad Edge E145 Quanta

(2012/ 05/ 15) Zhan Yun (shanghai) Electronics Co. Tx1/Rx1 Antenna: DQ60QTLI200 Tx2/Rx2 Antenna: DQ60QTLI201 RTL8188EE Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 1/29 Antenna Sample / Antenna Data Requirements for worldwide regulatory approval Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye n o i t c e S Description of Required OEM / ODM Antenna Information 1A Part Number for Antenna only 1B Antenna Manufacturer Name 1C Description of Antenna Type US / IC EU Japan Taiwan S.Korea Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required N/A N/A N/A N/A 1D Part number of Antenna Assembly / cable impedance, length & diameter. Required Desired Desired Desired Desired 1E Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Peak Gain W/ cable loss) *

Required Required Required Required Required 1E OR 1F, 1G, 1H 1F Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Peak Gain only) *

Required Required Required Required Required 1G VSWR of cable including connector Required Required Required Required Required 1H Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Cable loss W/ connector) *

Required Required Required Required Required Dimensioned Photographs and Drawings of Tx1, Tx2, and Tx3 (or Rx3) antennas Radiation patterns of antennas loaded in the host platform. Platform model name / number - correlated to antenna manufacturer and antenna part number Photograph(s) or Drawings showing location of antennas in platform. (S. Korea requires photographs of antennas for approval submission). Taiwan requires pictures of each antenna type shown in the system. Mech. drawings / photos with dimensions of antenna locations and distance from end-user (For evaluation of SAR testing requirement). Photograph(s) or Drawings showing the location of all antennas (WLAN, other) and distance between those transmitting antennas. Information will be used to evaluate whether co-location testing is required. Required Required Required Required Required Required Desired Required Required Required Required Required Desired Required Desired Required Required Desired Required

(Photos) Required

(Photos) Required N/A N/A N/A N/A Required N/A N/A N/A N/A Local representative contact information for LMA/

PARS process. Required N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 2/29 Antenna Information Section 1. Antenna Assembly Specifications 1A Antenna Part Number 1B Manufacture 1C Antenna Type 1D 1E 1F Cable Assembly Part Number and

*Peak Gain W/

Cable loss (dBi) Peak Gain w/o Cable Loss (dBi) 1G VSWR 1H Cable Loss (dBi) Information Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Main Antenna Antenna P/N:

DQ60QTLI200

(QTLI2-EQL0102A) Zhan Yun

(shanghai) Electronics Co. PIFA 50 ohm Coaxial length: 562mm diameter: 1.13mm Connector: FAF Aux Antenna Antenna P/N:

DQ60QTLI201

(QTLI2-EQL0202A) Zhan Yun

(shanghai) Electronics Co. PIFA 50 ohm Coaxial length: 567mm diameter: 1.13mm Connector: FAF 2300-2500MHz

-0.70 dBi (peak) 2500-2700MHz 0.37 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz

-0.44 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz

-0.53 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz

-0.13 dBi (peak) 2300-2500MHz

-1.20 dBi (peak) 2500-2700MHz 0.46 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 0.80 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 0.55 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 0.44 dBi (peak) 2300-2500MHz 0.92 dBi (peak) 2500-2700MHz 2.03 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 1.77 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 1.75 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.18 dBi (peak) 2300-2500MHz 0.40 dBi (peak) 2500-2700MHz 2.10 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 2.99 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 2.81 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.73 dBi (peak) 2300-2500MHz 2.0 max 2500-2700MHz 2.0 max 5150-5350MHz 2.0 max 5470-5725MHz 2.0 max 5725-5850MHz 2.0 max 2300-2500MHz 2.0 max 2500-2700MHz 2.0 max 5150-5350MHz 2.0 max 5470-5725MHz 2.0 max 5725-5850MHz 2.0 max 2300-2500MHz 1.62 dBi (peak) 2500-2700MHz 1.66 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 2.21 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 2.28 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.31 dBi (peak) 2300-2500MHz 1.60 dBi (peak) 2500-2700MHz 1.64 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 2.19 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 2.26 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.29 dBi (peak) Antenna Peak Gain required being test in system basis. 1E frame contend absolutely peak antenna gain include H/V Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 3/29 Antenna Peak Gain Table:

Main antenna Aux antenna Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Frequency

(MHz) 2300 2350 2400 2450 2500 2600 2700 5150 5250 5350 5470 5600 5725 5785 5850 Horizontal

(dBi)

-2.91

-1.27

-0.70

-3.51

-1.11

-3.58 0.37

-0.44

-0.83

-0.77

-0.53

-2.35

-0.57

-0.24

-0.13 Vertical

(dBi) Frequency

(MHz)

-1.14

-1.28

-2.66

-2.78

-2.12

-5.22

-2.81

-2.27

-3.63

-1.16

-1.99

-2.24

-3.22

-3.31

-3.00 2300 2350 2400 2450 2500 2600 2700 5150 5250 5350 5470 5600 5725 5785 5850 Horizontal

(dBi) 0.26

-2.22

-2.23

-1.48

-1.20

-0.28 0.46

-1.13

-1.28 0.80 0.55

-0.13 0.16

-0.10 0.44 Vertical

(dBi)

-7.54

-7.56

-4.54

-4.24

-3.12

-1.48

-4.88

-4.00

-1.20

-0.68

-1.44

-4.98

-2.54

-1.59

-2.74 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 4/29 Section 2. Dimensioned Photos or Drawings of Antennas Include a dimensioned photo and dimensioned drawing of Tx1/Rx1 antenna here. Tx1/Rx1 Antenna Dimensioned Drawing:

Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Tx1/Rx1 Antenna Photo:

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 5/29 Include a dimensioned photo and dimensioned drawing of Rx2 antenna here. Tx2/Rx2 Antenna Dimensioned Drawing:

Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Tx2/Rx2 Antenna Photo:

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 6/29 Include front view photo of all 3 antennas here. Antenna Manufacturer: Zhan Yun (shanghai) Electronics Co. Antenna Part Number: DQ60QTLI200 (Tx1/Rx1) , DQ60QTLI201 (Tx2/Rx2) Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Include back view photo of all 3 antennas here. Antenna Manufacturer: Zhan Yun (shanghai) Electronics Co. Antenna Part Number: DQ60QTLI200(Tx1/Rx1) , DQ60QTLI201 (Tx2/Rx2) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 7/29 Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Section 3. Radiation characteristics of antennae Loaded in Host Platform 2300-2500MHz radiation characteristic Antenna Gain and Radiation Pattern Measuring Structure Diagram X=

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 8/29 M Z X Y 0 r =90 =90 =180 =90 =0 =0 =-90 =180 Probe 63 gh6363 Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Section 3. Radiation characteristics of antennae Loaded in Host Platform 2300-2700MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 2300 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2300 MHz

-2.91

-1.14 Tx1 antenna: 2350 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2350 MHz

-1.27

-1.28 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 9/29 2400-2700MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 2400 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Tx1 antenna: 2450 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2400 MHz

-0.70

-2.66 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2450 MHz

-3.51

-2.78 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 10/29 Tx1 antenna: 2500 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Tx1 antenna: 2600 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2500 MHz

-1.11

-2.12 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2600 MHz

-3.58

-5.22 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 11/29 Tx1 antenna: 2700 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Rx2 antenna: 2300 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2700 MHz 0.37

-2.81 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2300 MHz 0.26

-7.54 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 12/29 Rx2 antenna: 2350 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Rx2 antenna: 2400 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2350 MHz

-2.22

-7.56 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2400 MHz

-2.23

-4.54 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 13/29 Rx2 antenna: 2450 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Rx2 antenna: 2500 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2450 MHz

-1.48

-4.24 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2500 MHz

-1.20

-3.12 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 14/29 Rx2 antenna: 2600 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Rx2 antenna: 2700 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2600 MHz

-0.28

-1.48 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 2700 MHz 0.46

-4.88 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 15/29 5150-5350 MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5150 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Tx1 antenna: 5250 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5150 MHz

-0.44

-2.27 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5250 MHz

-0.83

-3.63 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 16/29 Tx1 antenna: 5350 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Rx2 antenna: 5150 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5350 MHz

-0.77

-1.16 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5150 MHz

-1.13

-4.00 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 17/29 Rx2 antenna: 5250 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Rx2 antenna: 5350 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5250 MHz

-1.28

-1.20 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5350 MHz 0.80

-0.68 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 18/29 5470-5725MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5470 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Tx1 antenna: 5597.5 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5470 MHz

-0.53

-1.99 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5597.5 MHz

-2.35

-2.24 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 19/29 Tx1 antenna: 5725 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Rx2 antenna: 5470 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5725 MHz

-0.57

-3.22 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5470 MHz 0.55

-1.44 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 20/29 Rx2 antenna: 5597.5 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Rx2 antenna: 5725 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5597.5 MHz

-0.13

-4.98 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5725 MHz 0.16

-2.54 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 21/29 5725-5850 MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5725 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Tx1 antenna: 5785 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5725 MHz

-0.57

-3.22 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5785 MHz

-0.24

-3.31 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 22/29 Tx1 antenna: 5850 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Rx2 antenna: 5725 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5850 MHz

-0.13

-3.00 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5725 MHz 0.16

-2.54 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 23/29 Rx2 antenna: 5785 MHz Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Rx2 antenna: 5850 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5785 MHz

-0.10

-1.59 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 5850 MHz 0.44

-2.74 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 24/29 Section 4. Host Platform Information OEM / ODM Host platform: (ThinkPad Edge E130) platform correlated to antenna data Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Rating Label Photo:

WLAN Main (Tx1/Rx1) WLAN Aux (Tx2/Rx2) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 25/29 Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Section 5. Antenna Host Platform Location Information Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing of Tx1/Rx1, Rx2 antenna placements (measurements are not required for receive-only antenna). Any antenna that transmits must show dimensions to bottom of laptop. WLAN Main (Tx1/Rx1) WLAN Aux (Tx2/Rx2) 14.5 20 27 200 14.5 20 24 203 Bottom of laptop Bottom of laptop Unit : mm Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 26/29 Section 6. Antenna dimensional information for SAR evaluation Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing showing the distance (mm) between the transmit antennas and the user (excluding hands, wrist, feet, and ankle) Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye 260mm 203mm 215mm Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 27/29 Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Section 7. Diagram Example of Co-Location Antenna Separation Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing showing the distance (mm) between all WLAN transmit antennas and other co-located radiator transmit antenna such as Bluetooth, WWAN,..

(Note: Due to the evolving rules regarding co-location, each platform will need to be reviewed on a case by case basis) WLAN Main Antenna

(Tx1/Rx1) 216.5 WLAN Aux Antenna (Tx2/Rx2) 14.5 48 42 14.5 203 Unit : mm 143 165 7 30 WLAN UMTS 39 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 28/29 Section 8. Local representative contact information Local representative contact information is required for regulatory support for target countries below. Lenovo(Beijing),Ltd. Date:20120406 Document NO.:TPG/dutton/wlzye Local company name Contact name Argentina Azerbaijan Cambodia Canada Croatia Indonesia Israel Malaysia Moldova Philippines Singapore South Africa Taiwan USA Vietnam Phone number FAX Number e-Mail Address Notes Telecommunication Equipment Dealer License Required Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 29/29

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information

(English Language Required for Intel Regulatory Review / Approval) Lenovo(Beijing) Limited Lenovo(Beijing) Limited ThinkPad Edge E445 Compal 2013/05/05 YAGEO Tx1 Antenna: CAN4313LC0613WLA3 Tx2/ Rx2 Antenna: CAN4313LC0613WLA4 RTL8188EE Platform Platform Owner Brand Name Model Name ODM Target Launch Date Antenna Manufacturer Part Number Module With WLAN Module

(Check Box) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 1/35 Antenna Sample / Antenna Data Requirements for worldwide regulatory approval n o i t c e S Description of Required OEM / ODM Antenna Information 1A Part Number for Antenna only 1B Antenna Manufacturer Name 1C Description of Antenna Type US / IC EU Japan Taiwan S.Korea Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required N/A N/A N/A N/A 1D Part number of Antenna Assembly / cable impedance, length & diameter. 1E OR 1F, 1G, 1H 1E Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Peak Gain W/ cable loss) *

1F Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Peak Gain only) *

1G VSWR of cable including connector 1H Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Cable loss W/ connector) *

Required Desired Desired Desired Desired Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Dimensioned Photographs and Drawings of Tx1, Tx2, and Tx3 (or Rx3) antennas Radiation patterns of antennas loaded in the host platform. Platform model name / number - correlated to antenna manufacturer and antenna part number Photograph(s) or Drawings showing location of antennas in platform. (S. Korea requires photographs of antennas for approval submission). Taiwan requires pictures of each antenna type shown in the system. Mech. drawings / photos with dimensions of antenna locations and distance from end-user (For evaluation of SAR testing requirement). Photograph(s) or Drawings showing the location of all antennas (WLAN, other) and distance between those transmitting antennas. Information will be used to evaluate whether co-location testing is required. Required Required Required Required Required Required Desired Required Required Required Required Required Desired Required Desired Required Required Desired Required

(Photos) Required

(Photos) Required N/A N/A N/A N/A Required N/A N/A N/A N/A Local representative contact information for LMA/

PARS process. Required N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 2/35 Antenna Information Section 1. Antenna Assembly Specifications 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 1G 1H Antenna Part Number Manufacture Compal P/N:

DC33000Z120 Antenna Type Cable Assembly Part Number and Information P/N:

SY137/50-003 Yageo P/N Yageo PIFA CAN4313LC0613WLA3 Corporation GBE or compatible. 50 ohm Coaxial. Length:510mm diameter:1.37 mm P/N:

SY137/50-049 Yageo P/N Yageo PIFA CAN4313LC0613WLA4 Corporation Aux Antenna Tx2 / Rx2 Antenna GBE or compatible. 50 ohm Coaxial. Length:660mm diameter:1.37 mm Main Antenna Tx1/ Rx1 Antenna Compal P/N:

DC33000Z130

*Peak Gain W/

Cable loss (dBi) Cable Loss (dBi) Peak Gain w/o VSWR Cable Loss (dBi) 2400-2500MHz 0.59 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 1.85 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 3.00 max 5150-5350MHz

-0.15 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 2.04 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 3.00 max 5470-5725MHz

-0.09 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 2.17 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 3.00 max 5725-5850MHz 0.35 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.64 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 3.00 max 2400-2500MHz 0.90 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 2.53 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 3.00 max 5150-5350MHz 0.95 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 3.79 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 3.00 max 5470-5725MHz 0.10 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 3.03 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 3.00 max 5725-5850MHz 0.09 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 3.06 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 3.00 max 2400-2500MHz 1.26 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 2.19 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 2.26 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.29 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 1.63 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 2.84 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 2.93 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.97 dBi (peak) Antenna Peak Gain required being test in system basis. 1E frame contend absolutely peak antenna gain include H/V Antenna Peak Gain Table:

Tx1 antenna Tx2 (or Rx2) Antenna Frequency Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical

(MHz) 2400 2450 2500 5150 5250 5350 5470 5600 5725 5785 5850

(dBi)

-0.19

-0.13

-1.17

-4.30

-3.65

-3.99

-3.61

-2.75

-1.44

-1.57

-0.28

(dBi) 0.59 0.33 0.31

-1.36

-1.09

-0.15

-0.30

-0.80

-0.09

-0.72 0.35

(dBi)

-0.03 0.14 0.18

-1.68

-3.21

-3.47

-2.32

-0.48

-0.74

-1.25 0.04

(dBi) 0.84 0.66 0.90 0.23 0.95 0.68 0.10 0.04 0.09 0.03

-0.51 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 3/35 Section 2. Dimensioned Photos or Drawings of Antennas Tx1 Antenna Dimensioned Drawing:

Tx1 Antenna Photo:

Main (Front)-Near Main (Front)-Far Main (Back)-Near Main (Back)-Far Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 4/35 Tx2 (or Rx2) Antenna Dimensioned Drawing:

Tx2 (or Rx2) Antenna Photo:

Aux (Front)-Near Aux (Front)-Far Aux (Back)-Near Aux (Back)-Far Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 5/35 Include front view photo of all 2 antennas here. Antenna Manufacturer: Yageo Antenna Part Number: DC33000Z120 (Tx1), DC33000Z130 (Tx2 or Rx2) Include back view photo of all 2 antennas here. Antenna Manufacturer: Yageo Antenna Part Number: DC33000Z120 (Tx1), DC33000Z130 (Tx2 or Rx2) Tx1 / Rx1 Tx2 / Rx2 Tx1 / Rx1 Tx2 / Rx2 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 6/35 Section 3. Radiation characteristics of antennae Loaded in Host Platform 2400-2500MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 2400 MHz Center Frequency 2400 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-0.19 0.59 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 7/35 Tx1 antenna: 2450 MHz Center Frequency 2450 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-0.13 0.33 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 8/35 Tx1 antenna: 2500 MHz Center Frequency 2500 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-1.17 0.31 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 9/35 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 2400 MHz Center Frequency 2400 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-0.03 0.84 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 10/35 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 2450 MHz Center Frequency 2450 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak 0.14 0.66 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 11/35 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 2500 MHz Center Frequency 2500 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak 0.18 0.90 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 12/35 5150-5850 MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5150 MHz Center Frequency 5150 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-4.30

-1.36 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 13/35 Tx1 antenna: 5250 MHz Center Frequency 5250 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-3.65

-1.09 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 14/35 Tx1 antenna: 5350 MHz Center Frequency 5350 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-3.99

-0.15 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 15/35 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5150 MHz Center Frequency 5150 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-1.68 0.23 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 16/35 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5250 MHz 5250 MHz

-3.21 0.95 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 17/35 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5350 MHz Center Frequency 5350 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-3.47 0.68 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 18/35 5470-5725MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5470 MHz Center Frequency 5470 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-3.61

-0.30 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 19/35 Tx1 antenna: 5600 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak 5600 MHz

-2.75

-0.80 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 20/35 Tx1 antenna: 5725 MHz Center Frequency 5725 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-1.44

-0.09 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 21/35 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5470 MHz Center Frequency 5470 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-2.32 0.10 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 22/35 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5600 MHz Center Frequency 5600 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-0.48 0.04 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 23/35 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5725 MHz Center Frequency 5725 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-0.74 0.09 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 24/35 5725-5850 MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5725 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak 5725 MHz

-1.44

-0.09 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 25/35 Tx1 antenna: 5785 MHz Center Frequency 5785 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-1.57

-0.72 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 26/35 Tx1 antenna: 5850 MHz Center Frequency 5850 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-0.28 0.35 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 27/35 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5725 MHz 5725 MHz

-0.74 0.09 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 28/35 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5785 MHz Center Frequency 5785 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-1.25 0.03 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 29/35 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5850 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak 5850 MHz 0.04

-0.51 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 30/35 Section 4. Host Platform Information OEM / ODM Host platform: (Edge 14-Plastic) platform correlated to antenna data Rating Label Photo:

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 31/35 Section 5. Antenna Host Platform Location Information Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing of Tx1, Tx2 and Tx3 antenna placements (measurements are not required for receive-only antenna). Any antenna that transmits must show dimensions to bottom of laptop. Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 32/35 Section 6. Antenna dimensional information for SAR evaluation Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing showing the distance (mm) between the transmit antennas and the user (excluding hands, wrist, feet, and ankle) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 33/35 Section 7. Diagram Example of Co-Location Antenna Separation Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing showing the distance (mm) between all WLAN transmit antennas and other co-located radiator transmit antenna such as Bluetooth, WWAN,..

(Note: Due to the evolving rules regarding co-location, each platform will need to be reviewed on a case by case basis) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 34/35 Section 8. Local representative contact information Local representative contact information is required for regulatory support for target countries below. Local company name Contact name Phone number FAX Number e-Mail Address Notes Argentina Azerbaijan Cambodia Canada Croatia Indonesia Israel Malaysia Moldova Philippines Singapore South Africa Taiwan USA Vietnam Telecommunication Equipment Dealer License Required Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 35/35

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information

(English Language Required for Intel Regulatory Review / Approval) Platform Platform Owner Brand Name Model Name ODM Target Launch Date Antenna Manufacturer Part Number Module With WLAN Module

(Check Box) Lenovo(Beijing) Limited Lenovo(Beijing) Limited ThinkPad Edge E445 Compal 2013/05/05 WNC Tx1 Antenna: 81.EKG15.G30 Tx2/ Rx2 Antenna: 81.EKG15.G29 RTL8188EE Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 1/35 Antenna Sample / Antenna Data Requirements for worldwide regulatory approval n o i t c e S Description of Required OEM / ODM Antenna Information 1A Part Number for Antenna only 1B Antenna Manufacturer Name 1C Description of Antenna Type US / IC EU Japan Taiwan S.Korea Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required N/A N/A N/A N/A 1D Part number of Antenna Assembly / cable impedance, length & diameter. 1E Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Peak Gain W/ cable loss) *

1E OR 1F, 1G, 1H 1F Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Peak Gain only) *

1G VSWR of cable including connector 1H Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Cable loss W/ connector) *

Required Desired Desired Desired Desired Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Dimensioned Photographs and Drawings of Tx1, Tx2, and Tx3 (or Rx3) antennas Radiation patterns of antennas loaded in the host platform. Platform model name / number - correlated to antenna manufacturer and antenna part number Photograph(s) or Drawings showing location of antennas in platform. (S. Korea requires photographs of antennas for approval submission). Taiwan requires pictures of each antenna type shown in the system. Mech. drawings / photos with dimensions of antenna locations and distance from end-user (For evaluation of SAR testing requirement). Photograph(s) or Drawings showing the location of all antennas (WLAN, other) and distance between those transmitting antennas. Information will be used to evaluate whether co-location testing is required. Required Required Required Required Required Required Desired Required Required Required Required Required Desired Required Desired Required Required Desired Required

(Photos) Required

(Photos) Required N/A N/A N/A N/A Required N/A N/A N/A N/A Local representative contact information for LMA/

PARS process. Required N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 2/35 Antenna Information Section 1. Antenna Assembly Specifications 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 1G 1H Antenna Part Number Manufacture Antenna Type Compal P/N:

DC33000YV20 WNC P/N WNC PIFA 81.EKG15.G30 Corporation Main Antenna Tx1/ Rx1 Antenna Compal P/N:

DC33000YV30 WNC P/N WNC PIFA 81.EKG15.G29 Corporation Aux Antenna Tx2 / Rx2 Antenna Cable Assembly Part Number and Information P/N: 60.EKG0C.012

(2-9-1) GBE or compatible. 50 ohm Coaxial. Length:510mm diameter:1.37 mm P/N: 60.EKG0C.011

(2-5-1) GBE or compatible. 50 ohm Coaxial. Length:660mm diameter:1.37 mm

*Peak Gain W/

Cable loss (dBi) Cable Loss (dBi) Peak Gain w/o VSWR Cable Loss (dBi) 2400-2500MHz 1.15 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 2.65 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 3.00 max 5150-5350MHz

-1.36 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 0.66 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 3.00 max 5470-5725MHz

-1.13 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 1.01 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 3.00 max 5725-5850MHz

-0.51 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 1.66 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 3.00 max 2400-2500MHz 0.59 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 2.47 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 3.00 max 5150-5350MHz

-1.60 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 0.94 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 3.00 max 5470-5725MHz

-0.04 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 2.65 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 3.00 max 5725-5850MHz

-0.19 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.54 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 3.00 max 2400-2500MHz 1.50 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 2.02 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 2.14 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.17 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 1.88 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 2.54 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 2.69 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.73 dBi (peak) Antenna Peak Gain required being test in system basis. 1E frame contend absolutely peak antenna gain include H/V Antenna Peak Gain Table:

Tx1 antenna Tx2 (or Rx2) Antenna Frequency Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical

(MHz) 2400 2450 2500 5150 5250 5350 5470 5600 5725 5785 5850

(dBi) 1.15

-0.15 0.53

-1.36

-2.10

-2.17

-1.13

-1.27

-2.69

-2.04

-0.51

(dBi) 0.54

-2.78

-2.30

-3.33

-4.56

-3.92

-4.62

-3.97

-5.22

-4.28

-3.47

(dBi) 0.59

-0.91

-0.17

-2.88

-1.78

-1.60

-0.04

-1.19

-1.53

-0.19

-0.34

(dBi)

-0.51

-3.86

-3.33

-2.70

-3.75

-4.19

-2.48

-1.34

-3.53

-2.10

-2.27 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 3/35 Section 2. Dimensioned Photos or Drawings of Antennas Main Antenna Dimensioned Drawing:

Main Antenna Photo:

Main (Front) - Far Main (Front) - Near Main (Back) - Far Main (Back) - Near Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 4/35 Aux Antenna Dimensioned Drawing:

Aux Antenna Photo:

Aux (Front) - Far Aux (Front) - Near Aux (Back) - Far Aux (Back) - Near Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 5/35 Trade Name: Compal Model No.: DC33000YV30 (Main) DC33000YV20 (Aux) WLAN Aux WLAN Main Trade Name: Compal Model No.: DC33000YV30 (Main) DC33000YV20 (Aux) WLAN Main WLAN Aux Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 6/35 Section 3. Radiation characteristics of antennae Loaded in Host Platform 2400-2500MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 2400 MHz Center Frequency 2400 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak 1.15 0.54 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 7/35 H-polV polPeak Gain1.150.54-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2400 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 2450 MHz Center Frequency 2450 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-0.15

-2.78 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 8/35 Peak Gain-0.15-2.78H-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2450 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 2500 MHz Center Frequency 2500 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak 0.53

-2.30 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 9/35 V polPeak Gain0.53-2.30H-pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 2500 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 2400 MHz Center Frequency 2400 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak 0.59

-0.51 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 10/35 Peak Gain0.59H-pol-0.51V pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2400 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 2450 MHz Center Frequency 2450 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-0.91

-3.86 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 11/35 H-polV pol-0.91-3.86Peak Gain-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2450 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 2500 MHz Center Frequency 2500 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-0.17

-3.33 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 12/35 H-polV polPeak Gain-0.17-3.33-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 2500 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 5150-5850 MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5150 MHz Center Frequency 5150 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-1.36

-3.33 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 13/35 H-polV polPeak Gain-1.36-3.33-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5150 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5250 MHz Center Frequency 5250 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-2.10

-4.56 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 14/35 H-polV polPeak Gain-2.10-4.56-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5250 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5350 MHz Center Frequency 5350 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-2.17

-3.92 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 15/35 H-polV polPeak Gain-2.17-3.92-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5350 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5150 MHz Center Frequency 5150 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-2.88

-2.70 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 16/35 H-polV polPeak Gain-2.88-2.70-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5150 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5250 MHz 5250 MHz

-1.78

-3.75 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 17/35 Peak Gain-1.78-3.75H-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5250 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5350 MHz Center Frequency 5350 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-1.60

-4.19 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 18/35

-1.60-4.19Peak GainH-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5350 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 5470-5725MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5470 MHz Center Frequency 5470 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-1.13

-4.62 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 19/35 H-polV polPeak Gain-1.13-4.62-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5470 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5600 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak 5600 MHz

-1.27

-3.97 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 20/35 H-polV polPeak Gain-1.27-3.97-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5600 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5725 MHz Center Frequency 5725 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-2.69

-5.22 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 21/35 V pol-2.69-5.22H-polPeak Gain-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5725 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5470 MHz Center Frequency 5470 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-0.04

-2.48 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 22/35

-2.48Peak Gain-0.04V polH-pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5470 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5600 MHz Center Frequency 5600 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-1.19

-1.34 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 23/35 Peak Gain-1.19-1.34H-polV pol-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5600 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5725 MHz Center Frequency 5725 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-1.53

-3.53 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 24/35 H-polV polPeak Gain-1.53-3.53-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5725 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 5725-5850 MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5725 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak 5725 MHz

-2.69

-5.22 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 25/35 V pol-2.69-5.22H-polPeak Gain-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5725 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5785 MHz Center Frequency 5785 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-2.04

-4.28 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 26/35 H-polV polPeak Gain-2.04-4.28-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5785 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx1 antenna: 5850 MHz Center Frequency 5850 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-0.51

-3.47 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 27/35 H-polV polPeak Gain-0.51-3.47-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Main Antenna @ 5850 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5725 MHz 5725 MHz

-1.53

-3.53 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 28/35 H-polV polPeak Gain-1.53-3.53-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5725 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5785 MHz Center Frequency 5785 MHz Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak

-0.19

-2.10 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 29/35 H-polV polPeak Gain-0.19-2.10-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5785 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna: 5850 MHz Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) Peak Vertical (dBi) Peak 5850 MHz

-0.34

-2.27 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 30/35 H-polV polPeak Gain-0.34-2.27-35-30-25-20-15-10-505Aux Antenna @ 5850 MHz E TotalH-pol.V-pol.0090180270 Section 4. Host Platform Information OEM / ODM Host platform: (Edge 14-Plastic) platform correlated to antenna data Rating Label Photo:

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 31/35 Section 5. Antenna Host Platform Location Information Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing of Tx1, Tx2 and Tx3 antenna placements (measurements are not required for receive-only antenna). Any antenna that transmits must show dimensions to bottom of laptop. Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 32/35 Section 6. Antenna dimensional information for SAR evaluation Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing showing the distance (mm) between the transmit antennas and the user (excluding hands, wrist, feet, and ankle) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 33/35 Section 7. Diagram Example of Co-Location Antenna Separation Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing showing the distance (mm) between all WLAN transmit antennas and other co-located radiator transmit antenna such as Bluetooth, WWAN,..

(Note: Due to the evolving rules regarding co-location, each platform will need to be reviewed on a case by case basis) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 34/35 Section 8. Local representative contact information Local representative contact information is required for regulatory support for target countries below. Local company name Contact name Phone number FAX Number e-Mail Address Notes Argentina Azerbaijan Cambodia Canada Croatia Indonesia Israel Malaysia Moldova Philippines Singapore South Africa Taiwan USA Vietnam Telecommunication Equipment Dealer License Required Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 35/35

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information

(English Language Required for Intel Regulatory Review / Approval) Lenovo(Beijing) Limited Lenovo(Beijing) Limited ThinkPad Edge E545 Compal 2013/05/05 Jess-Link Products CO., LTD. Tx1 Antenna: PANT11A00008-1 Tx2/ Rx2 Antenna: PANT11A00009-1 RTL8188EE Platform Platform Owner Brand Name Model Name ODM Target Launch Date Antenna Manufacturer Part Number Module With WLAN Module

(Check Box) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 1/36 Antenna Sample / Antenna Data Requirements for worldwide regulatory approval n o i t c e S Description of Required OEM / ODM Antenna Information 1A Part Number for Antenna only 1B Antenna Manufacturer Name 1C Description of Antenna Type Part number of Antenna Assembly / cable impedance, length & diameter. 1D 1E Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Peak Gain W/ cable loss) *

1E OR 1F, 1G, 1H US / IC EU Japan Taiwan S.Korea Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required N/A N/A N/A N/A Required Desired Desired Desired Desired Required Required Required Required Required 1F Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Peak Gain only) *

1G VSWR of cable including connector 1H Tx1, Tx2 & Tx3 antenna (Cable loss W/ connector) *

Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Required Dimensioned Photographs and Drawings of Tx1, Tx2, and Tx3 (or Rx3) antennas Radiation patterns of antennas loaded in the host platform. Platform model name / number - correlated to antenna manufacturer and antenna part number Photograph(s) or Drawings showing location of antennas in platform. (S. Korea requires photographs of antennas for approval submission). Taiwan requires pictures of each antenna type shown in the system. Mech. drawings / photos with dimensions of antenna locations and distance from end-user (For evaluation of SAR testing requirement). Photograph(s) or Drawings showing the location of all antennas (WLAN, other) and distance between those transmitting antennas. Information will be used to evaluate whether co-location testing is required. Required Required Required Required Required Required Desired Required Required Required Required Required Desired Required Desired Required Required Desired Required

(Photos) Required

(Photos) Required N/A N/A N/A N/A Required N/A N/A N/A N/A Local representative contact information for LMA/

PARS process. Required N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 2/36 Antenna Information Section 1. Antenna Assembly Specifications 1A Antenna Part Number 1B Manufacture 1C Antenna Type

(P/N:DC33000Z520) Tx1/ Rx1 Antenna PANT11A00008-1 Jess-Link Products CO., LTD. PIFA 1D 1E 1F Cable Assembly Part Number and Information 50 ohm Coaxial length: 62.35cm diameter: 1.37mm

*Peak Gain W/

Cable loss (dBi) Peak Gain w/o Cable Loss (dBi) 2400-2500MHz 1.89 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 3.41 dBi (peak) 1G VSWR 1H Cable Loss (dBi) 2400-2500MHz 2400-2500MHz 1.52 dBi (peak) 2.5 max

(P/N:DC33000Z530) Tx2/ Rx2 Antenna PANT11A00009-1 Jess-Link Products CO., LTD. PIFA 50 ohm Coaxial length: 74.65cm diameter: 1.37mm 5150-5350MHz

-0.07 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 2.30 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 2.5 max 5150-5350MHz 2.37 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz

-0.42 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 2.03 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 2.5 max 5470-5725MHz 2.45 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz

-0.42 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.07 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.5 max 5725-5850MHz 2.49 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 1.56 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 3.38 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 2.5 max 2400-2500MHz 1.82 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz

-1.32 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 1.52 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 2.5 max 5150-5350MHz 2.84 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz

-0.09 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 2.84 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 2.5 max 5470-5725MHz 2.93 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz

-0.09 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.89 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 2.5 max 5725-5850MHz 2.98 dBi (peak) Antenna Peak Gain required being test in system basis. 1E frame contend absolutely peak antenna gain include H/V Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 3/36 Antenna Peak Gain Table:

Tx1 antenna Tx2 (or Rx2) Antenna Frequency (MHz) 2400 2450 2500 5150 5250 5350 5470 5600 5725 5785 5850 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical

(dBi) 1.30 0.65 1.65

-2.47

-2.56

-5.27

-4.72

-2.48

-2.80

-3.24

-3.67

(dBi) 1.89 0.90 1.28

-0.39

-0.47

-0.07

-0.44

-0.78

-0.42

-0.95

-1.41

(dBi) 1.31 1.56 1.47

-2.77

-3.12

-3.46

-3.70

-3.88

-3.90

-3.38

-2.85

(dBi) 1.49 1.47 1.31

-1.72

-1.65

-1.32

-2.31

-0.78

-0.09

-0.69

-1.18 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 4/36 Section 2. Dimensioned Photos or Drawings of Antennas Include a dimensioned photo and dimensioned drawing of Tx1 antenna here. Tx1 Antenna Dimensioned Drawing:

Tx1 Antenna Photo:

Main(Front) Main(Back) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 5/36 Include a dimensioned photo and dimensioned drawing of Tx2 (or Rx2) antenna here. Tx2 (or Rx2) Antenna Dimensioned Drawing:

Tx2 (or Rx2) Antenna Photo:

AUX(Front) AUX (Back) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 6/36 Include front view photo of all 2 antennas here. Antenna Manufacturer: Jess-Link Products CO., LTD. Antenna Part Number: PANT11A00008-1 (Tx1), PANT11A00009-1 (Tx2 or Rx2) Include back view photo of all 2 antennas here. Antenna Manufacturer: Jess-Link Products CO., LTD. Antenna Part Number: PANT11A00008-1 (Main), PANT11A00009-1 (Aux) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 7/36 Section 3. Radiation characteristics of antennae Loaded in Host Platform 2400-2500MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 2400 MHz Center Frequency 2400 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 1.30 1.89 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 8/36 Tx1 antenna: 2450 MHz Center Frequency 2450 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 0.65 0.90 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 9/36 Tx1 antenna: 2500 MHz Center Frequency 2500 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 1.65 1.28 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 10/36 Tx2 antenna: 2400 MHz Center Frequency 2400 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 1.31 1.49 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 11/36 Tx2 antenna: 2450 MHz Center Frequency 2450 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 1.56 1.47 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 12/36 Tx2 antenna: 2500 MHz Center Frequency 2500 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak 1.47 1.31 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 13/36 5150-5350 MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5150 MHz Center Frequency 5150 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-2.47

-0.39 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 14/36 Tx1 antenna: 5250 MHz Center Frequency 5250 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-2.56

-0.47 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 15/36 Tx1 antenna: 5350 MHz Center Frequency 5350 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-5.27

-0.07 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 16/36 Tx2 antenna: 5150 MHz Center Frequency 5150 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-2.77

-1.72 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 17/36 Tx2 antenna: 5250 MHz Center Frequency 5250 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-3.12

-1.65 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 18/36 Tx2 antenna: 5350 MHz Center Frequency 5350 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-3.46

-1.32 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 19/36 5470-5725MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5470 MHz Center Frequency 5470 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-4.72

-0.44 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 20/36 Tx1 antenna: 5600 MHz Center Frequency 5600 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-2.48

-0.78 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 21/36 Tx1 antenna: 5725 MHz Center Frequency 5725 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-2.80

-0.42 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 22/36 Tx2 antenna: 5470 MHz Center Frequency 5470 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-3.70

-2.31 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 23/36 Tx2 antenna: 5600 MHz Center Frequency 5600 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-3.88

-0.78 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 24/36 Tx2 antenna: 5725 MHz Center Frequency 5725 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-3.90

-0.09 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 25/36 5725-5850 MHz radiation characteristic Tx1 antenna: 5725 MHz Center Frequency 5725 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-2.80

-0.42 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 26/36 Tx1 antenna: 5785 MHz Center Frequency 5785 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-3.24

-0.95 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 27/36 Tx1 antenna: 5850 MHz Center Frequency 5850 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-3.67

-1.41 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 28/36 Tx2 antenna: 5725 MHz Center Frequency 5725 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-3.90

-0.09 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 29/36 Tx2 antenna: 5785 MHz Center Frequency 5785 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-3.38

-0.69 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 30/36 Tx2 antenna: 5850 MHz Center Frequency 5850 MHz Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak

-2.85

-1.18 Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 31/36 Section 4. Host Platform Information OEM / ODM Host platform: (QILE2) platform correlated to antenna data Rating Label Photo:

Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 32/36 Section 5. Antenna Host Platform Location Information Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing of Tx1, Tx2 and Tx3 antenna placements (measurements are not required for receive-only antenna). Any antenna that transmits must show dimensions to bottom of laptop. 3.5cm 2.5cm 2.5cm 3.0cm 25.5cm TX2 TX1 24cm 21.0cm 21.0cm Bottom of laptop Bottom of laptop Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 33/36 Section 6. Antenna dimensional information for SAR evaluation Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing showing the distance (mm) between the transmit antennas and the user (excluding hands, wrist, feet, and ankle) Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 34/36 Section 7. Diagram Example of Co-Location Antenna Separation Include a dimensioned photo or dimensioned drawing showing the distance (mm) between all WLAN transmit antennas and other co-located radiator transmit antenna such as Bluetooth, WWAN,..

(Note: Due to the evolving rules regarding co-location, each platform will need to be reviewed on a case by case basis) 35mm 25mm 227mm 25mm 30mm TX2 WWAN AUX WWAN MAIN TX1 14mm 14mm 240mm 210mm 210mm 265mm 290mm WLAN_module 165mm 150mm Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 35/36 Section 8. Local representative contact information Local representative contact information is required for regulatory support for target countries below. Local company name Contact name Phone number FAX Number e-Mail Address Notes Argentina Azerbaijan Cambodia Canada Croatia Indonesia Israel Malaysia Moldova Philippines Singapore South Africa Taiwan USA Vietnam Telecommunication Equipment Dealer License Required Regulatory WLAN Antenna Information 36/36

Photographs of EUT Mode: Second source Mode Config.1 Diversity PCIE

(Second source) Report No.: 211949 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 1 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 Config.1 Diversity USB

(Second source) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 2 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 Config. 2 Fixed PCIE

(Second source) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 3 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 Config. 2 Fixed USB

(Second source) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 4 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 Config. 3 Single - PCIE

(Second source) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 5 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 Config. 3 Single USB

(Second source) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 6 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 Dipole Antenna SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 7 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 PIFA Antenna SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 8 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 9 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Mode : Main source Mode Config.1 Diversity PCIE

(Main source) Report No.: 211949 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 10 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 Config.1 Diversity USB

(Main source) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 11 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 Config. 2 Fixed PCIE

(Main source) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 12 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 Config. 2 Fixed USB

(Main source) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 13 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 Config. 3 Single - PCIE

(Main source) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 14 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 Config. 3 Single USB

(Main source) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 15 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 Dipole Antenna SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 16 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 PIFA Antenna SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 17 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012 Report No.: 211949 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-2-2696-2468 FAX : 886-2-2696-2255 PAGE NUMBER : 18 OF 18 ISSUED DATE

: Apr. 13, 2012

Photographs of EUT Report No.:211949-37 Config.2 Fixed -

PCIE(Main source) SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-327-0973 PAGE NUMBER : 1 OF 3 ISSUED DATE

: Nov. 04, 2014 Config.3 Single -

PCIE(Main source) Report No.:211949-37 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-327-0973 PAGE NUMBER : 2 OF 3 ISSUED DATE

: Nov. 04, 2014 Report No.:211949-37 SPORTON International Inc. TEL : 886-3-327-3456 FAX : 886-3-327-0973 PAGE NUMBER : 3 OF 3 ISSUED DATE

: Nov. 04, 2014

Host Platform Information and Labeling 1/2 Antenna Host Platform Location Information Antenna dimensional information for SAR evaluation Refer to the upper Antenna Host Platform Location Information, the distance of Antenna-to-user (base) is 200mm, so the platform is not subjected to SAR. 2/2

Realtek RTL8188EE Label description Label location LABEL HERE FCC/IC/NCC Equality Ratio: 300%

15mm 802.11b/g/n RTL8188EE miniCard 802.11b/g/n RTL8188EE miniCard 802.11b/g/n RTL8188EE miniCard 802.11b/g/n RTL8188EE miniCard RTL8188EE FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE IC: 6317A-RTL8188EE Equality Ratio: 100%

Made in Taiwan 27mm

Realtek RTL8188EE Label description Label location LABEL HERE FCC/IC/NCC Equality Ratio: 300%

15mm





EJQ57/((PLQL&DUG

802.11b/g/n RTL8188EE NGFFCard

EJQ57/((PLQL&DUG

EJQ57/((PLQL&DUG

EJQ57/((PLQL&DUG 57/((

)&&,'7;57/((

,&$57/((



0DGHLQ7DLZDQ

27mm Equality Ratio: 100%

SN:CNA209XXX www.hp.com RMN: TPN-CS @@ INPUT 19,5V zz 3,33A () prey | Contains Realtek Radio Model:RTL8I88EE

CAN ICES-3(8)/NMB-3(B) c (U,) US | Contains FCCID-TX2-RTLBIBSEE CNC:C-cxxx HOM fl) MT Made in China C USTED cian | ICSSSITA-RTLSIB8EE SCT:RCPrcccx-10cx Se NVGE | PNAMAAAAASABA Model:E13-1000 Warranty:lylyOy SN:CNA209XXX www.hp.com RMN: TPN-CIS OCO INPUT 19,5V Sau 231A prc | Contains Realtek Radio Model:RTL8IB8EE MTT | Nae CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) FE c (U1) US Contains FCC ID:TX2-RTL8I88EE CNC:C-xxxxx HOM pty te cms NYCE | PN:AAAAAAABABA I A- i T:RCPx Made in China LISTED cras4ss C:6317A-RTLBIBBEE = SCT:RCPxxxxxx-xxxx Model:E131000 Warranty:lylyOy

Report No.: FR211949-37 Appendix B. Antenna List FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B1 of B33 Table for Filed Antenna No. 01 Brand LYNwave Ant. Type PIFA Con. Type IPEX 3.5 Peak Gain

(dBi) 02 HuiZhou Speed Wireless PIFA IPEX 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 ACON Yageo WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Foxconn PIFA IPEX Hitachi PIFA IPEX Hitachi PIFA IPEX Hitachi PIFA IPEX Hitachi PIFA IPEX Hitachi PIFA IPEX Hitachi PIFA IPEX Hitachi PIFA IPEX Hitachi PIFA IPEX Hitachi PIFA IPEX FOXCONN PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX TX1: 1.63 TX2: 0.19 TX 1: -0.19 TX 2: -0.99 TX 1: -0.11 TX 2: 0.07 TX 1: 1.32 TX 2: 1.50 TX 1: 1.47 TX 2: 1.38 Main: 2.19 Aux.: -0.33 Main: 2.91 Aux.: 2.82 TX 1: 0.27 TX 2: 0.02 TX 1: 1.30 TX 2: 2.42 TX 1: -1.04 TX 2: -1.19 TX 1: -1.74 TX 2: 1.16 TX 1: 0.87 TX 2: 1.94 TX 1: 0.58 TX 2: 1.12 TX 1: -1.65 TX 2: -0.92 TX 1: -0.43 TX 2: -0.7 TX 1: 0.54 TX 2: 0.58 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Report No.: FR211949-37 Model No. ALA110-222050-300010 TX1: DC33001KP10 /

F.0G.FP-6004-002 TX2: DC33001KP00 /

F.0G.FP-6004-001 AWP6P TX 1: CAN4313ZP0648WXA1 TX 2: CAN4313ZP0648WXA2 TX 1: 81.EJT15.GVM TX 2: 81.EJT15.GVN WDAN-T1WM HBY07 HBY051 HBY052 HBY061 HBY062 HFT65 HCT01 HFT40 HFT60 WDAN-TQ TX 1: 25.90AAP.011 TX 2: 25.90AAO.011 Page No.

: B2 of B33 Report No.: FR211949-37 WNC PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX ETHERTRONICS PIFA IPEX ETHERTRONICS PIFA IPEX ETHERTRONICS PIFA IPEX ETHERTRONICS PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX WNC WNC WNC WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX QUANTA PIFA IPEX QUANTA PIFA IPEX QUANTA PIFA IPEX QUANTA PIFA IPEX JEM Tyco

(20-D1130002D) PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Smart Approach PIFA IPEX Main: 0.42 Aux.: 0.79 MIMO: 0.14 Main: 0.96 Aux.: -0.08 TX 1: 0.12 TX 2: -3.87 TX 1: 0.76 TX 2: 0.59 TX 1: -1.76 TX 2: -2.61 TX 1: -0.84 TX 2: -2.07 TX 1: 0.00 TX 2: 1.89 Main: -1.08 Aux.: -0.62 Main: -0.58 Aux.: -1.26 Main: 0.52 Aux.: 0.77 Main: -0.78 Aux.: -2.14 TX 1: -0.7 TX 2: -1.9 TX 1: -0.3 TX 2: -1.9 TX 1: -0.4 TX 2: -0.3 TX 1: -1.8 TX 2: -4.4 Main: 1.27 Aux.: -1.27 TX1: -0.10 TX2: -0.92 TX 3: 0.56 TX 1: 1.51 TX 2: 1.56 81.EJZ 81.EJT TX 1: 5002011-1 TX 2: 5002012-1 TX 1: 5002015-1 TX 2: 5002016-1 TX 1: 5010011-1 TX 2: 5010012-1 TX 1: 5010015-1 TX 2: 50100161 AMP6P 81.EJZ15.G52 81.EJT15.GJC 81.EJT15.GGW 81.EJZ15.G53 TX 1: AN-070-G(R) TX 2: AN-070-G(L) TX 1: AN-070-G(R) TX 2: AN-070-G(L) TX 1: AN-120-F(R) TX 2: AN-120-F(L) TX 1: AN-120-F(R) TX 2: AN-120-F(L) Main: IA-100193 Aux.: IA-100194 TBN008 03-FR021-026 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B3 of B33 Hitachi Cable PIFA IPEX Hitachi PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX Smart Approach PIFA IPEX Report No.: FR211949-37 TX 1: -0.42 TX 2: 0.59 TX 3: 1.24 TX 1: 2.97 TX 2: 0.90 TX 1: 0.30 TX 2: 0.94 TX 1: 1.66 TX 2: 1.83 Main: -2.12 Aux.: -2.49 HBY17 HFT60 TX 1: 25.90AAN.011 TX 2: 25.90AAM.011 03-FR021-020 MSA-00005A WHAYU Toshiba Toshiba TYCO

(20238740-1) TYCO

(2023750-1) TYCO

(2023772-1) PIFA IPEX PIFA PIFA IPEX -0.80 IPEX 0.64 PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX TYCO PIFA IPEX TYCO PIFA IPEX TYCO PIFA IPEX Smart Approach PIFA IPEX Foxconn PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX TX 1: 0.47 TX 2: 0.06 TX 3: 1.65 TX 1: 0.47 TX 2: 0.06 TX 1: -2.60 TX 2: -0.26 TX 3: -0.91 TX 1: 1.98 TX 2: 1.97 TX 3: -0.88 TX 1: 0.22 TX 2: 0.33 TX 3: 2.20 TX 1: 1.68 TX 2: 1.45 TX 3: 0.29 TX 1: 2.37 TX 2: 1.59 TX 1: 2.58 TX 2: 1.39 Main: -2.76 Aux.: -3.64 HFS23 HFS40 TBN008 TBN008 TBN008 TBN007 TBN009 TBN010 03-FR021-016 TX 1: WDAN-T1AM1001-DH TX 2: WDAN-T1AM1002-DH WNC005 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B4 of B33 Report No.: FR211949-37 TYCO

(20238740-1) PIFA IPEX Toshiba PIFA IPEX WNC WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Tyco PIFA IPEX WNC WNC WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Quanta PIFA IPEX Quanta PIFA IPEX Tyco PIFA IPEX Well Green PIFA IPEX TX 1: 0.47 TX 2: 0.06 TX 3: 1.65 TX 1: 0.28 TX 2: -0.83 Main: -1.10 Aux.: 1.76 Main: 1.18 Aux. 1.75 Main: -1.11 Aux.: -1.11 MIMO: -0.95 Main: 2.40 Aux.: 1.50 Main: 1.19 Aux.: 0.28 Main: 0.52 Aux.: 1.07 TX 1: 1.0 TX 2: 0.2 TX 1: -0.5 TX 2: -1.9 Main: 3.45 Aux: 2.41 MIMO: 1.04 TX 1: 1.79 TX 2: 0.66 Tyco PIFA IPEX -1.11 Well Green PIFA IPEX FVC FVC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Well Green PIFA IPEX TX 1: -1.07 TX 2: -0.64 WiMAX-1: 1.58 WiMAX2: 1.75 WiMAX-1: 2.7 WiMAX-2: 2.19 TX 1: -1.84 TX 2: -2.93 TBN008 TBN004 WNC001 WNC002 TBN003 WNC004 WNC001 WNC003 3ASP8AATP20 AS-070-F TBN001 TX 1: SK81WMPB01+A TX 2: SK81WMPB02+A TBN005 & TBN006 SKW31WMPB01+A K05007012102 K05007013402 TX 1: SKM11WMPB03+A TX 2: SKM11WMPB02+D 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B5 of B33 Report No.: FR211949-37 FVC PIFA IPEX Well Green PIFA IPEX FVC PIFA IPEX FVC WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX TE Connectivity PIFA IPEX TE Connectivity PIFA IPEX TE Connectivity PIFA IPEX Quanta PIFA IPEX Quanta PIFA IPEX Quanta PIFA IPEX WNC WNC WNC WNC WNC WNC WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX WiMAX-1: 1.84 WiMAX-2:1.8 TX 1: -1.63 TX 2: -0.99 TX 1: 2.05 TX 2: 1.88 TX 3: 3.04 TX1: 3.11 TX2: 0.55 TX1: -0.61 TX2: 1.91 TX1: 1.29 TX2: 0.04 TX1: -0.01 TX2: 0.39 TX1: 1.20 TX2: 0.65 TX1: 0.70 TX2: -1.40 TX1: 1.80 TX2: -0.30 TX1: 0.30 TX2: 1.70 TX1: -0.10 TX2: 2.30 TX1: 2.72 TX2: 2.66 TX1: 1.33 TX2: 1.95 TX1: 1.84 TX2: 1.64 TX1: 2.36 TX2: 1.13 TX1: 1.15 TX2: 0.59 TX1: 0.79 TX2: -0.32 N01001218001 SKW24WMPB01 TX 1: N01001199001 TX 2: N01001199001 TX 3: N01001182002 TX1: N01001193001 TX2: N01001193001 TX1: 25.90AAL.001 TX2: 25.90AAK.001 TX1: 25.90AAL.011 TX2: 25.90AAK.011 TX1: 25.90AAN.001 TX2: 25.90AAM.001 TX1: 25.90AAP.001 TX2: 25.90AAO.001 35AX6AATP10 37LX6AATP00 37LX7AATP00 WNC003 TX1: 81.EJZ15.G94 TX2: 81.EJZ15.G95 TX1: 81.EJZ15.G98 TX2: 81.EJZ15.G99 81.EJZ15.GTP TX1: 81.EK515.G15 TX2: 81.EK515.G16 TX1: DC33000YV20 TX2: DC33000YV30 TX1: DC33000YV60 TX2: DC33000YV70 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B6 of B33 Report No.: FR211949-37 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 HONGLIN PIFA IPEX Yageo PIFA IPEX WNC WNC WNC WNC Yageo Yageo WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Yageo PIFA IPEX TE Connectivity PIFA IPEX TE Connectivity PIFA IPEX TE Connectivity PIFA IPEX ACON ACON ACON ACON PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Wha Yu PIFA IPEX TX1: 1.85 TX2: 1.77 TX1: -2.69 TX2: -1.09 TX1: -1.30 TX2: -0.49 TX1: 1.21 TX2: -0.07 TX1: 2.34 TX2: 1.28 TX1: 0.50 TX2: 0.12 TX1: 0.61 TX2: 0.71 TX1: 1.46 TX2: 0.95 TX1: -1.11 TX2: -0.95 TX1: 0.80 TX2: 0.25 TX1: -0.23 TX2: -0.49 TX1: 1.29 TX2: 0.04 TX1: -0.87 TX2: -1.24 TX1: 1.96 TX2: 1.91 TX1: 2.79 TX2: 0.74 TX1: 2.66 TX2: 2.27 TX1: 1.10 TX2: 1.99 TX1: -0.18 TX2: 2.58 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE 260-23249 TX1: 6036B0086801 TX2: 6036B0087101 TX1: 6036B0086802 (81.EHC15.G63) TX2: 6036B0087102 (81.EHC15.G64) TX1: 6036B0088203 TX2: 6036B0088303 TX1: 6036B0087303 TX2: 6036B0087203 TX1: 6036B0088203 TX2: 6036B0088303 TX1: 6036B0088401 TX2: 6036B0088501 TX1: 6036B0088901 TX2: 6036B0089001 TX1: 6036B0091201 TX2: 6036B0091401 TX1: 6036B0091202 TX2: 6036B0091402 TX1: 1556465-1 TX2: 1556466-1 TX1: 1556495-1 TX2: 1556496-1 TX1: 1556505-1 TX2: 1556506-1 TX1: AMP8P-700186 TX2: AMP8P-700187 TX1: APM8P-700016 TX2: APM8P-700017 TX1: APM8P-700018 TX2: APM8P-700019 TX1: APP8P-700341 TX2: APP8P-700342 TX1: C107-520757-A TX2: C107-520756-A Page No.

: B7 of B33 105 Wellshine PIFA IPEX Wha Yu PIFA IPEX Wha Yu PIFA IPEX Wha Yu PIFA IPEX Yageo Yageo Yageo Yageo WNC WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Jess-Link PIFA IPEX Jess-Link PIFA IPEX ACON ACON Well Shine

(QUA) PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX TX1: 1.17 TX2: -0.06 TX1: 1.74 TX2: 1.41 TX1: 1.92 TX2: -1.03 TX1: 1.09 TX2: -0.55 TX1: 0.59 TX2: 0.90 TX1: 0.97 TX2: 0.59 TX1: 2.32 TX2: 1.85 TX1: 0.23 TX2: 1.53 TX1: 0.18 TX2: 0.60 TX1: 0.54 TX2: -0.03 TX1: 1.89 TX2: 1.56 TX1: 1.84 TX2: 1.98 TX1: -0.70 TX2: -0.29 TX1: -0.60 TX2: -1.02 TX1: 1.66 TX2: 0.05 TX1: -1.41 TX2: -0.77 MAG. LAYERS PIFA IPEX 1.77 Amphenol PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX TX1: 0.76 TX2: -2.11 TX1: 0.55 TX2: 0.31 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 Report No.: FR211949-37 DQ67KJQUT33 TX1: C435-520023-A TX2: C435-520024-A TX1: C680-520278-A TX2: C680-520277-A C680-520279-A TX1: CAN4313LC0613WLA3 TX2: CAN4313LC0613WLA4 TX1: CAN4313LC0630WLA3 TX2: CAN4313LC0630WLA4 TX1: CAN4313WICO03241 TX2: CAN4313WICO03242 TX1: CAN43130WIFO04921 TX2: CAN43130WIFO04922 TX1: 81.EKG15.G38 TX2: 81.EKG15.G37 TX1: 81.EKG15.G41 TX2: 81.EKY15.G42 TX1: PANT11A00008-1 TX2: PANT11A00009-1 TX1: PANT11A00026-1 TX2: PANT11A00027-1 DQ60APM6P02 DQ60APM6P03 TX1: DQ67KJQUT35 TX2: DQ67KJQUT36 FL5202-11-001-C FPA-2423-25GC1-A1 TX1: FX5170-15-004-C TX2: FX5170-15-001-C TX1: IV5218-11-002-C TX2: IV5218-11-001-C FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B8 of B33 Report No.: FR211949-37 Amphenol PIFA IPEX FVC PIFA IPEX FAVORTRON PIFA IPEX TX1: 0.54 TX2: -0.53 TX1: 2.85 TX2: 1.29 TX1: 2.81 TX2: 1.97 MAG. LAYERS PIFA IPEX 2.17 Wha Yu PIFA IPEX Quanta PIFA IPEX Quanta PIFA IPEX Quanta PIFA IPEX Smart Approach PIFA IPEX Smart Approach PIFA IPEX Tyco

(2023770-1) Tyco

(2023772-1) PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Foxconn PIFA IPEX Foxconn PIFA IPEX Foxconn PIFA IPEX Tyco WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Yageo PIFA IPEX Quanta PIFA IPEX TX1: 2.43 TX2: -0.41 TX1: 1.6 TX2: 0.3 TX1: 0.8 TX2: 0.4 TX1: 1.5 TX2: 0.5 TX1: 1.70 TX2: 1.53 TX1: 2.53 TX2: 2.92 TX1: -2.60 TX2: -0.26 TX1: -2.60 TX2: -0.26 TX1: -0.99 TX2: -0.09 TX1: -0.35 TX2: 0.38 TX1: -1.85 TX2: 1.33 TX1: -0.38 TX2: 1.04 TX1: 1.23 TX2: 0.29 TX1: 0.48 TX2: -1.37 TX1: 0.40 TX2: -1.00 TX1: IV5233-15-003-C TX2: IV5233-15-002-C K05007014701 TX1: N01001205001 TX2: N01001206001 PCA-2111-25GC1-A1 PSAM-002 R12_AN-090-A/B R15_AN-090-A/B R18_AN-090-A/B SE-ECFKA-001 TX1: SE-ECLA1-001 TX2: SE-ECLA1-002 TBN008 TBN008 TX1: WDAN-HMCH1401-DH TX2: WDAN-HMCH1402-DH TX1: WDAN-HMCH1501-DH TX2: WDAN-HMCH1502-DH WDAN-HMEDW005-DH TX1: 25.90A2G.021 TX2: 25.90A2H.021 TX1: 25.90A2G.001 TX2: 25.90A2H.001 TX1: 25.90A2G.011 TX2: 25.90A2H.011 TX1: QADCGC5_WL_M TX2: QADCGC5_WL_A 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B9 of B33 Report No.: FR211949-37 Quanta PIFA IPEX Quanta PIFA IPEX Quanta PIFA IPEX ACON ACON PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Wha Yu PIFA IPEX Wha Yu PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX Tyco PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX Tyco PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX NISSEI PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX WNC WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX TX1: 0.10 TX2: -0.40 TX1: -1.30 TX2: 0.70 TX1: 0.7 TX2: 1.2 TX1: 1.84 TX2: 0.07 TX1: 1.84 TX2: 0.07 TX1: 1.96 TX2: 1.97 TX1: 1.91 TX2: 1.88 TX1: -0.96 TX2: -0.86 TX1: -1.85 TX2: -1.60 TX1: -1.32 TX2: -0.23 TX1: -2.39 TX2: 1.52 TX1: -1.16 TX2: -0.74 TX1: -0.58 TX2: -0.11 TX1: 1.61 TX2: 1.57 TX1: 1.35 TX2: 1.99 TX1: -0.39 TX2: 0.64 TX1: -1.53 TX2: 1.32 TX1: 1.94 TX2: -0.85 TX1: DQ6GC200100 TX2: DQ6GC200200 TX1: DQ6GC300100 TX2: DQ6GC300200 TX1: QADCGC6_WL_M TX2: QADCGC6_WL_A TX1: APP8P-700188 TX2: APP8P-700187 TX1: APP8P-700186 TX2: APP8P-700185 TX1: C435-520044-A TX2: C435-520043-A TX1: C435-520042-A TX2: C435-520045-A TX1: APM6P-700033 TX2: APM6P-700034 TX1: 14G152168231LV TX2: 14G152168131LV TX1: APM6P-700027 TX2: APM6P-700029 TX1: 2023940-1 TX2: 2023944-1 TX1: APM6P-700028 TX2: APM6P-700030 TX1: 2023946-1 TX2: 2023950-1 TX1: LX-0980-11-000-R TX2: LX-0983-11-000-R TX1: 3172525 TX2: 3172566 TX1: 25.90675.001 TX2: 25.90676.001 TX1: 25.90669.001 TX2: 25.90670.001 TX1: 25.90A1E.001 TX2: 25.90A1F.001 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B10 of B33 Report No.: FR211949-37 WNC PIFA IPEX Yageo PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX Yageo PIFA IPEX Tyco WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Yageo PIFA IPEX NISSEI PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX Ethertronics PIFA IPEX WNC WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Quanta PIFA IPEX Quanta PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX FOXCONN PIFA IPEX NISSEI PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX TX1: 1.89 TX2: -0.90 TX1: 1.94 TX2: 1.78 TX1: 0.51 TX2: 1.73 TX1: 1.06 TX2: 0.16 TX1: 0.06 TX2: 0.18 TX1: 1.52 TX2: -0.60 TX1: 0.93 TX2: -0.17 TX1: 1.88 TX2: 1.26 TX1: -0.04 TX2: 1.16 TX1: 0.60 TX2: -0.59 TX1: 0.87 TX2: -0.93 TX1: 0.60 TX2: -0.59 TX1: 0.10 TX2: -0.30 TX1: -0.1 TX2: -0.1 TX1: 1.47 TX2: 1.68 TX1: -0.40 TX2: 1.10 TX1: 0.54 TX2: 1.80 TX1: 1.17 TX2: 1.04 TX1: 25.90A1E.001 TX2: 25.90A1F.001 TX1: 25.90A1E.011 TX2: 25.90A1F.011 TX1: 25.91370.021 TX2: 25.91371.021 TX1: 25.91370.011 TX2: 25.91371.011 TX1: 25.90A4C.021 TX2: 25.90A4D.021 TX1: 25.90A4C.001 TX2: 25.90A4D.001 TX1: 25.90A4C.011 TX2: 25.90A4D.011 TX1: 3209970 TX2: 3210002 TX1: 25.90929.001 TX2: 25.90930.001 TX1: 25.90934.001 TX2: 25.90935.001 TX1: 25.90919.001 TX2: 25.90920.001 TX1: 25.90934.001 TX2: 25.90935.001 TX1: QADC FL8_WL_M TX2: QADC FL8_WL_A TX1: QADCFL3_WL_M TX2: QADCFL3_WL_A TX1: LX0970-11-000-R TX2: LX0968-11-000-R TX1: WDAN-L1ML3001-DF TX2: WDAN-L1ML3002-DF TX1: 3172467 TX2: 3172509 TX1: 25.90598.001 TX2: 25.90597.001 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B11 of B33 Report No.: FR211949-37 WNC WNC ACON Yageo PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX FOXLINK PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX Foxconn PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX Foxconn PIFA IPEX Foxconn PIFA IPEX Tyco PIFA IPEX ACON ACON PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Tyco PIFA IPEX TX1: 1.94 TX2: 0.59 TX1: -1.21 TX2: 1.27 TX1: 1.37 TX2: 1.21 TX1: 0.07 TX2: -0.06 TX1: 1.98 TX2: 1.97 TX1: -0.37 TX2: -2.64 TX1: 0.77 TX2: 0.74 TX1: 0.35 TX2: -1.20 TX1: -1.31 TX2: -3.09 TX1: 1.14 TX2: 0.61 TX1: 0.35 TX2: -1.20 TX1: -1.31 TX2: -3.09 TX1: -0.11 TX2: 0.35 TX1: -0.11 TX2: 0.35 TX1: 0.64 TX2: -0.92 TX1: 2.00 TX2: 0.13 TX1: 2.00 TX2: 0.13 TX1: 0.64 TX2: -0.92 TX1: 25.90587.001 TX2: 25.90586.001 TX1: 25.90700.001 TX2: 25.90702.001 TX1: 25.90800.001 TX2: 25.90802.001 TX1: 25.90A4W.001 TX2: 25.90A4V.001 TX1: 25.90A4W.011 TX2: 25.90A4V.011 TX1: C-1334-11-000-26 TX2: C-1335-11-000-26 TX1: 25.90979.001 TX2: 25.90980.001 TX1: C-1952-11-000-26 TX2: C-1953-11-000-26 TX1: C-2238-11-000-26 TX2: C-2239-11-000-26 TX1: WDAN-LFNZ3001-DH TX2: WDAN-LFNZ3002-DH TX1: C-3033-11-000-26 TX2: C-3034-11-000-26 TX1: C-3068-11-000-26 TX2: C-3069-11-000-26 TX1: WDAN-L1NZ4003-DH TX2: WDAN-L1NZ4004-DH TX1: WDAN-L1NZ4001-DH TX2: WDAN-L1NZ4002-DH TX1: 1556219-1 TX2: 1556220-1 TX1: APP8P-700191 TX2: APP8P-700192 TX1: APP8P-700189 TX2: APP8P-700190 TX1: 1556216-1 TX2: 1556215-1 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B12 of B33 ACON WNC Quanta Foxconn NISSEI Amphenol Foxconn Foxconn Hitachi ACON ACON Quanta WNC ZTX Well Green JEM JEM Well Green 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX TX1: -0.42 TX2: -0.13 TX1: -0.52 TX2: 0.31 TX1: -0.10 TX2: 0.00 TX1: 1.16 TX2: -0.88 TX1: -0.83 TX2: -0.61 TX1: -1.54 TX2: -2.93 TX1: 0.87 TX2: 0.49 TX1: 1.71 TX2: 1.43 TX1: 1.82 TX2: 1.54 TX1: -1.21 TX2: 1.27 TX1: 1.37 TX2: 1.21 TX1: -0.5 TX2: -1.4 TX1: 0.30 TX2: 0.39 TX1: 2.01 TX2: 1.69 IPEX TX1: 0.55 TX2: 1.36 IPEX TX1: 3.23 TX2: 2.31 IPEX TX1: 3.12 TX2: 1.01 IPEX TX1: 0.21 TX2: -0.75 IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX Report No.: FR211949-37 TX1: 25.90653.001 TX2: 25.90654.001 TX1: 25.90649.001 TX2: 25.90650.001 TX1: QADC PS3_WL_M TX2: QADC PS3_WL_A TX1: 024-01F0-2242 TX2: 024-01F0-2243 TX1: 3176658 TX2: 3176674 TX1: C-2381-11-000-26 TX2: C-2382-11-000-26 TX1: WDAN-LWSN3001-DH TX2: WDAN-LWSN3002-DH TX1: WDAN-L1WK1001-DF TX2: WDAN-L1WK1002-DF TX1: HMT14-MAIN TX2: HMT14-AUX TX1: 25.90700.001 TX2: 25.90702.001 TX1: 25.90800.001 TX2: 25.90802.001 TX1: QADCPS1_WL_M TX2: QADCPS1_WL_A TX1: 81.EK515.G13 TX2: 81.EK515.G14 ZTX-A162-Q18000-00 SKAEUWMPB01+B 1510-0122-0027 1510-0122-0016 (IA-120080) 1510-0122-0017 (IA-120081) TX1: SKX71WMPB01+B TX2: SK370WMPB01+B FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B13 of B33 Report No.: FR211949-37 FAVORTRON PIFA IPEX Wgt Wgt PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Well Green PIFA IPEX Wgt PIFA IPEX INPAQ PIFA IPEX INPAQ PIFA IPEX Smart Approach PIFA IPEX Smart Approach PIFA IPEX ZTX PIFA IPEX Well Green PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX Luxshare PIFA IPEX Well Green PIFA IPEX Foxconn PIFA IPEX Auden PIFA IPEX Luxshare PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX TX1: 1.37 TX2: 1.18 TX1: 0.86 TX2: 2.51 TX1: 1.7 TX2: 2.53 TX1: -1.93 TX2: -1.28 TX1: 2.14 TX2: 1.92 TX1: 0.03 TX2: -2.2 TX1: 2.10 TX2: -0.22 TX1: 1.76 TX2: 1.66 TX1: 1.35 TX2: 1.95 TX1: 1.54 TX2: 1.92 TX1: 0.82 TX2: -2.23 TX1: -0.13 TX2: -0.23 TX1: 2.13 TX2: 1.25 TX1: 0.72 TX2: 0.49 TX1: 0.21 TX2: 0.60 TX1: 1.37 TX2: 1.97 TX1: -0.28 TX2: 0.59 TX1: -0.63 TX2: -3.39 TX1: N01001223001 TX2: N01001223001 TX1:SK345WMPB01+A TX2:SK345WMPB02+A SK350WMPB01+C TX1: SKW54WMPB01+C TX2: SKW34WMPB02+A SKW55WMPB01+A TX1: WA-P-LB-02-040 TX2: WA-P-LB-01-014 TX1: WA-P-LB-02-077 TX2: WA-P-LB-01-038 TX1: SE-ECBA0-001 TX2: SE-ECBA0-002 TX1: SE-ECBA1-001 TX2: SE-ECBA1-002 A162-Q19000-00 TX1: SKA91WMPB02+A TX2: SKA91WMPB01+A TX1: ATM6P-70100 TX2: ATM6P-70200 TX1: L01RF020-DT-R TX2: L01RF019-DT-R TX1: SKW25WMPB01+A TX2: SKW25WMPB01+A TX1: WDAN-T1RH1 TX2: WDAN-T1RH2 TX1: 220474-09 TX2: 220475-09 TX1: L01RF023-YT-R TX2: L01RF029-YT-R TX1: APP6P-700781 TX2: APP6P-700782 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B14 of B33 Report No.: FR211949-37 Luxshare PIFA IPEX JEM PIFA IPEX Smart Approach PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX Smart Approach PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX HONGLIN PIFA IPEX Smart Approach PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX HONGLIN PIFA IPEX WNC WNC ZYE WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Jess-Link PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX YAGEO PIFA IPEX TX1: 2.08 TX2: 1.64 TX1: 2.60 TX2: 0.53 TX 1: 2.89 TX 2: 1.72 TX 1: 0.90 TX 2: 0.86 TX 1: -0.09 TX 2: -2.15 TX 1:0.34 TX 2: -0.49 TX1: -0.93 TX2: -2.46 TX 1: -2.51 TX 2: -3.08 TX1: -0.59 TX2: -2.51 TX 1: -1.58 TX 2: -1.12 TX1: -0.53 TX2: -1.43 TX1: -0.76 TX2: -1.88 TX1: -0.58 TX2: -1.48 TX1: -0.70 TX2: -1.20 TX1: 0.18 TX2: 0.60 TX1: 1.89 TX2: 1.56 TX1: 1.15 TX2: 0.59 TX1: 0.59 TX2: 0.90 TX1: L01RF019-DT-R (31-502717) TX2: L01RF021-DT-R (31-502716) TX1: IA-120266 TX2: IA-120267 TX1: SE-ECC61-001 TX2: SE-ECC61-002 TX1: APP8P-700271 TX2: APP8P-700272 TX1: SE-ECKTA-003 TX2: SE-ECKTA-003 TX1: APP6P-700738 TX2: APP6P-700738 260-23462 TX1: SE-ECKTA-001 TX2: SE-ECKTA-001 81.EJZ15.GAQ TX1: APP6P-700798 TX2: APP6P-700798 260-24027 81.EJT15.GXF TX1: DQ6G15G5800 TX2: DG6G15G5700 TX1: DQ60QTLI200 TX2: DQ60QTLI201 TX1: 81.EKG15.G38 TX2: 81.EKG15.G37 TX1: PANT11A00008-1 TX2: PANT11A00009-1 TX1: 81.EKG15.G30 TX2: 81.EKG15.G29 TX1: CAN4313LC0613WLA3 TX2: CAN4313LC0613WLA4 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B15 of B33 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 Report No.: FR211949-37 ACON PIFA IPEX WHAYU PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX HONGLIN PIFA IPEX ICT-LANTO PIFA IPEX Jess-Link PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX YAGEO PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX HONGLIN PIFA IPEX Jess-Link PIFA IPEX TX 1: 1.92 TX 2: 1.84 TX 1: 1.68 TX 2: 1.54 TX1: -0.34 TX2: 1.61 TX1: 0.09 TX2: -0.26 TX1: 0.40 TX2: 0.00 TX1: 0.37 TX2: 0.12 TX1: -0.21 TX2: -0.61 TX1: -0.47 TX2: -0.89 TX 1: -0.43 TX 2: -1.03 TX1: 1.75 TX2: 1.42 TX 1: -1.36 TX 2: -1.53 TX1: -0.75 TX2: 1.05 TX 1: -0.43 TX 2: -1.03 TX1: 1.75 TX2: 1.42 TX 1: -1.36 TX 2: -1.53 TX1: -0.75 TX2: 1.05 TX1: -0.20 TX2: -1.17 TX1: -1.10 TX2: 0.86 TX1: APP6P-700832 TX2: APP6P-700833 TX1: C1335-520258-A TX2: C1335-520259-A TX1: 81.EJT15.G1T TX2: 81.EJT15.G1T TX1: DQ602347200 TX2: DQ602347200 TX1: DQ61RF13200 / LA81RF132-1H TX2: DQ61RF13200 / LA81RF132-1H TX1: DQ612A00008 TX2: DQ612A00008 TX1: DQ6K15G0900 (81EAAK15.G09) TX2: DQ6K15G0900 (81EAAK15.G09) TX1:CAN4313HQ0728LLB1 TX2:CAN4313HQ0728LLB1 TX1: 6036B0109802 (APP8P-700459 ) TX2: 6036B0109702 (APP8P-700460 ) TX1: 6036B0109801 (81EAAK15.G17) TX2: 6036B0109701 (81EAAK15.G18) TX1: 6036B0110902 (APP8P-700479 ) TX2: 6036B0111002 (APP8P-700480 ) TX1: 6036B0110901 (81EAAK15.G66) TX2: 6036B0111001 (81EAAK15.G67) TX1: 6036B0109802 (APP8P-700459 ) TX2: 6036B0109702 (APP8P-700460 ) TX1: 6036B0109801 (81EAAK15.G17) TX2: 6036B0109701 (81EAAK15.G18) TX1: 6036B0110902 (APP8P-700479 ) TX2: 6036B0111002 (APP8P-700480 ) TX1: 6036B0110901 (81EAAK15.G66) TX2: 6036B0111001 (81EAAK15.G67) TX1: DQ602348900 TX2: DQ602348900 TX1: DQ612A00011 TX2: DQ612A00011 Page No.

: B16 of B33 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE 269 WNC PIFA IPEX 270 YAGEO PIFA IPEX 271 272 273 Jess-Link PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX HONGLIN PIFA IPEX 274 YAGEO PIFA IPEX 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 ACON PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX HONGLIN PIFA IPEX Jess-Link PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX 282 YAGEO PIFA IPEX 283 WNC PIFA IPEX FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE TX1: -0.66 TX2: -0.27 TX1: 0.00 TX2: 0.10 TX1: 1.99 TX2: -0.40 TX1: 0.91 TX2: 0.28 TX1: 2.05 TX2: 1.49 TX1: -0.12 TX2: -0.94 TX 1: 0.30 TX 2: -1.41 TX1: -0.92 TX2: 0.65 TX 1: -0.54 TX 2: -1.10 TX1: 0.05 TX2: -0.32 TX1: 0.66 TX2: 0.42 TX1: 0.05 TX2: -0.49 TX1: -0.08 TX2: 0.73 TX1: -0.32 TX2: -0.99 TX1: -0.73 Report No.: FR211949-37 TX1: DQ6K15G2400 (81EAAK15.G24) TX2: DQ6K15G2400 (81EAAK15.G24) TX1: DQ64313HQ10 /

CAN4313HQ0746LLB2 TX2: DQ64313HQ10 /

CAN4313HQ0746LLB2 TX1: DQ612A00006 TX2: DQ612A00006 TX1: DQ6K15G1300 (81EAAK15.G13) TX2: DQ6K15G1300 (81EAAK15.G13) TX1: DQ602347400 TX2: DQ602347400 TX1: DQ64313HQ05 /

CAN4313HQ0730LLB1 TX2: DQ64313HQ05 /

CAN4313HQ0730LLB1 TX1: 6036B0109502 (APP8P-700451) TX2: 6036B0109602 (APP8P-700452) TX1: 6036B0109501 (81EAAK15.G19) TX2: 6036B0109601 (81EAAK15.G20) TX1: 6036B0111502 (APP8P-700487) TX2: 6036B0111602 (APP8P-700488) TX1: 6036B0111501 (81EAAK15.G68) TX2: 6036B0111601 (81EAAK15.G69) TX1: DQ602348700 TX2: DQ602348700 TX1: DQ612A00009 TX2: DQ612A00009 TX1: DQ6K15G2200 (81EAAK15.G22) TX2: DQ6K15G2200 (81EAAK15.G22) TX1: DQ64313HQ08 /

CAN4313HQ0745LLB1 TX2: DQ64313HQ08 /

CAN4313HQ0745LLB1 6036B0088903 Page No.

: B17 of B33 284 285 286 HONGLIN PIFA IPEX Jess-Link PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX 287 YAGEO PIFA IPEX 288 ACON PIFA IPEX 289 YAGEO PIFA IPEX 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 ACON PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX Luxshare PIFA IPEX Well Green PIFA IPEX Well Green PIFA IPEX WNC WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE TX1: 2.30 TX2: 1.16 TX1: 0.66 TX2: 0.97 TX1: 0.51 TX2: -0.24 TX1: 0.02 TX2: -0.55 TX 1: -2.09 TX 2: -1.48 TX1: -1.67 TX2: -2.48 TX 1: 1.71 TX 2: -0.07 TX1: -0.20 TX2: -0.93 TX 1: 0.69 TX 2: 1.52 TX1: -0.20 TX2: -0.93 TX1: -0.60 TX2: -0.29 TX1: 0.85 TX2: 0.44 TX1: 0.42 TX2: -0.13 TX1: -0.28 TX2: -0.26 TX1: -0.73 Report No.: FR211949-37 TX1: DQ602347300 TX2: DQ602347300 TX1: DQ612A00007 TX2: DQ612A00007 TX1: DQ6K15G1100 (81EAAK15.G11) TX2: DQ6K15G1100 (81EAAK15.G11) TX1: DQ64313HQ06 /

CAN4313HQ0729LLB1 TX2: DQ64313HQ06 /

CAN4313HQ0729LLB1 TX1: 25.90AJD.001 (APP6P-700748) TX2: 25.90AJE.001 (APP6P-700749) TX1: 25.90AJD.021 /

CAN4313HW0738WLA3 TX2: 25.90AJE.021 /

CAN4313HW0738WLA4 TX1: 25.90AJ1.001 (APP6P-700752) TX2: 25.90AJ2.001 (APP6P-700753) TX1: 25.90AJ1.011

(81EAAK15.G96) TX2: 25.90AJ2.011 (81EAAK15.G97) TX1: 25.90AJ7.001 (APP6P-700736) TX2: 25.90AJ8.001 (APP6P-700737) TX1: 25.90AJ1.011 (81EAAK15.G96) TX2: 25.90AJ2.011 (81EAAK15.G97) TX1: L01RF008-R TX2: L01RF009-R TX1: SKW10WMPB01+A TX2: SKW10WMPB02+A TX1: SK65EWMPB01+A TX2: SK650WMPB02+A TX1: 6036B0105002 (81.EKT15.G09) TX2: 6036B0105102 (81.EKT15.G10) TX1: 6036B0088903 Page No.

: B18 of B33 Yageo ACON WNC PIFA IPEX TX1: -1.09 PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX TX1: -0.99 TX2: -3.00 TX1: -1.56 TX2: -2.45 TX1: -2.33 TX2: -3.11 TX1: 0.59 TX2: 1.80 TX1: -3.24 TX2: 1.07 TX1: 1.97 TX2: 1.96 TX1: 0.89 TX2: -2.71 TX1: -2.76 TX2: -0.16 TX1: 0.69 TX2: 1.59 TX1: -0.61 TX2: 1.91 TX1: 1.29 TX2: 0.04 TX1: 0.24 TX2: -0.58 TX1: 1.28 TX2: 0.34 TX1: -0.27 TX2: -0.88 TX1: -1.32 TX2: -1.14 Yageo PIFA IPEX WNC WNC ACON ACON ACON PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX TE Connectivity PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX Wieson PIFA IPEX YAGEO PIFA IPEX YAGEO PIFA IPEX 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Report No.: FR211949-37 TX1: 6036B0088901/

CAN43130LIIN03841 TX1: 25.90AJK.001 / APP6P-700760 TX2: 25.90AJL.001 / APP6P-700761 TX1: 25.90AJK.011 / 81EAAK15.G88 TX2: 25.90AJL.011 / 81EAAK15.G89 TX1: 25.90AJK.021 /

CAN4313HW0740WLA3 TX2: 25.90AJL.021 /

CAN4313HW0740WLA4 TX1: (81.EJT15.GSR) 6036B0110201 TX2: (81.EJT15.GSS) 6036B0110202 TX1: 81.EJZ15.G63 WNC 003 TX2: 81.EJZ15.G64 WNC 003 TX1: APP6P-700784 TX2: APP6P-700785 TX1: APP6P-700825 TX2: APP6P-700826 TX1: APP6P-700842 TX2: APP6P-700843 TX1: WNC00381.EJZ15.G98 6036B0103101 TX2: WNC00381.EJZ15.G99 6036B0103102 TX1: 25.90AAL.001 TX2: 25.90AAK.001 TX1: 25.90AAL.011 TX2: 25.90AAK.011 TX1: 25.90AH8.001 TX2: 25.90AH7.001 TX1: 25.90AH8.011 TX2: 25.90AH7.011 TX1: 25.90AH8.021 TX2: 25.90AH7.021 TX1: 25.90AJB.001 TX2: 25.90AJC.001 Page No.

: B19 of B33 Report No.: FR211949-37 YAGEO PIFA IPEX YAGEO PIFA IPEX HIGH-TEK PIFA IPEX HIGH-TEK PIFA IPEX HIGH-TEK PIFA IPEX Smart PIFA IPEX HIGH-TEK PIFA IPEX FVC FVC FVC FVC FVC FVC FVC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Luxshare PIFA IPEX JEM WGT PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Yageo PIFA IPEX TX1: 2.74 TX2: 0.63 TX1: -0.11 TX2: -0.68 TX1: -0.42 TX2: 1.59 TX1: -0.70 TX2: -0.60 TX1: -2.2 TX2: -2.2 TX1: -1.46 TX2: 1.70 TX1: -1.80 TX2: -1.68 TX1: 1.58 TX2: 1.75 TX1: 2.7 TX2: 2.19 TX1: 1.51 TX2: 2.04 TX1: 2.53 TX2: 2.28 TX1: 2.85 TX2: 1.59 TX1: 3.00 TX2: 1.52 TX1: 1.85 TX2: 1.94 TX1: -1.69 TX2: -0.43 TX1: 2.23 TX2: 2.21 TX1: 3.2 TX2 :2.76 TX1: 0.24 TX2: 0.59 TX1: 25.90ALR.001 TX2: 25.90ALQ.001 TX1: 25.90AJB.001 TX2: 25.90AJC.001 TX1: 25.90AJB.011 TX2: 25.90AJC.011 TX1: 25.90AJB.011 TX2: 25.90AJC.011 TX1: 25.90ALR.011 TX2: 25.90ALQ.011 TX1: SE-ECZT1-001 (DC33001EB00) TX2: SE-ECZT1-002 (DC33001EB10) TX1: 0ACCN013006 (DC33001EC00) TX2: 0ACCN013007 (DC33001EC10) K05007012102 K05007013402 K05007012803 K05007015501 K05007014501 K05007014201 TX1: K05007014901 TX2: K05007015001 TX1: L01RF038-DT-R TX2: L01RF039-DT-R 1510-0122-0022(IA-120073) TX1: SKX51WMPB01+C TX2: SKX51WMPB02+C TX1: ANTA0ZP08021WLAN1 TX2: ANTA0ZP08021WLAN2 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B20 of B33 WGT WGT WGT WGT WGT WGT WGT PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX HONGLIN PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX Luxshare-ICT PIFA IPEX Luxshare-ICT PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX Luxshare-ICT PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX Luxshare-ICT PIFA IPEX Amphenol PIFA IPEX 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 Report No.: FR211949-37 TX1: 1.79 TX2: 0.66 TX1: 1.36 TX2: 2.88 TX1: 1.85 TX2: 3.14 TX1: -1.84 TX2: -2.93 TX1: 2.46 TX2: 2.91 TX1: 1.25 TX2: 3.17 TX1: 0.76 TX2: 0.09 TX1: 1.94 TX2: 1.40 TX1: -0.50 TX2: -0.19 TX1: 1.82 TX2: 2.64 TX1: -0.35 TX2: 0.59 TX1: -0.07 TX2: 0.32 TX1: -1.45 TX2: -0.37 TX1: 1.64 TX2: 1.47 TX1: -0.38 TX2: -0.60 TX1: 1.67 TX2: 2.26 TX1: 1.1 TX2: 0.1 TX1: -0.22 TX2: -1.73 TX1: SK 81WMPB01+A TX2: SK 81WMPB02+A SKW2UWMPB01+A SKW31WMPB01+A TX1: SKM11WMPB03+A TX2: SKM11WMPB02+D SKC45WMPB03+B SKW24WMPB01+B TX1: SK555WMPB01+B TX2: SK555WMPB02+B TX1: DQ60APP6P81 TX2: DQ60APP6P80 TX1: DQ602352300 TX2: DQ602352200 TX1: DC330016100 TX2: DC330016110 TX1: DC330016180 TX2: DC330016190 TX1: DC330015Z80 TX2: DC330015Z90 TX1: DC330015Z00 TX2: DC330015Z10 TX1: DC330016160 TX2: DC330016170 TX1: DC330015Z60 TX2: DC330015Z70 TX1: DC3300161A0 TX2: DC3300161B0 TX1: DC330015ZA0 TX2: DC330015ZB0 TX1: DC330016200 TX2: DC330016210 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B21 of B33 Amphenol Luxshare-ICT Luxshare-ICT Amphenol Luxshare-ICT HIGH-TEK JESS-LINK YAGEO ACON ACON JEM WNC JEM JEM Luxshared TE WNC WGT 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 Report No.: FR211949-37 TX1: DC330016220 TX2: DC330016230 TX1: DC330016020 TX2: DC330016030 TX1: DC330016000 TX2: DC330016010 TX1: DC330016260 TX2: DC330016270 TX1: DC330016060 TX2: DC330016070 TX1: DC33001C100 TX2: DC33001C100 TX1: DC33001AX00 TX2: DC33001AX00 TX1: 25.90AH8.021 TX2: 25.90AH7.021 TX1: ATP6P-700000 TX2: ATP6P-700001 TX1: APP6P-700853 TX2: APP6P-700854 TX1: IA 120278 TX2: IA 120279 TX1: 25.90AH8.001 TX2: 25.90AH7.001 IA-120007 IA-120007 L01RF035-DT-R TX1: 25.90AC4.011 TX2: 25.90AC3.011 TX1: 25.90AC4.001 TX2: 25.90AC3.001 PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX TX1: -2.62 TX2: -0.70 TX1: -0.94 TX2: -1.11 TX1: -4.49 TX2: -1.68 TX1: -0.46 TX2: -0.98 TX1: -0.43 TX2: 0.84 TX1: -0.69 TX2: -0.61 TX1: -1.90 TX2: -0.98 TX1: -0.27 TX2: -0.88 TX1: 0.96 TX2: 1.33 TX1: 1.92 TX2: 2.20 TX1: 2.13 TX2: 2.04 TX1: 0.24 TX2: -0.58 TX1: 2.06 TX2: 2.77 TX1: 1.60 TX2: 2.93 PIFA IPEX TX1: -0.77 TX1: -0.63 TX2: -1.69 TX1: 1.19 TX2: -0.14 PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX TX1: 1.05 TX2: -0.41 TX1: SK110WMPB01+A TX2: SK110WMPB02+A FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B22 of B33 WGT WGT WGT WGT Smart INPAQ Smart WNC INPAQ Yageo Wanshih Wanshih Wha Yu YAGEO YAGEO Well Green Well Green INPAQ 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX TX1: -1.61 TX2: -2.84 TX1: -0.66 TX2: 0.78 TX1: -0.93 TX2: 0.20 TX1: 3.03 TX2: 0.55 TX1: 1.92 TX2: 1.90 TX1: -0.33 TX2: -0.73 TX1: 1.33 TX2: 1.32 TX1: -0.06 TX2: 0.25 TX1: 0.54 TX2: 2.37 PIFA IPEX TX1: -1.37 TX2: 1.58 PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX TX1: 2.72 TX1: 2.95 TX2: 2.64 TX1: 0.59 TX2: 1.39 TX1: -0.10 TX2: -2.21 TX1: -1.25 TX2: -3.08 TX1: 0.46 TX2: -0.79 TX1: 1.48 TX2: 1.15 TX1: -3.66 TX2: -1.78 IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX Report No.: FR211949-37 TX1: SKW23WMPB01+A TX2: SKW23WMPB02+A TX1: SK547WMPB01+A TX2: SK549WMPB02+A TX1: SK740WMPB01+A TX2: SK740WMPB02+A TX1: SK840WMPB01+B_SN TX2: SK840WMPB01+B_SN TX1: SEECA00001 TX2: SEECA00002 TX1: WAPLB02063 TX2: WAPLB01032 TX1: SEECA15001 TX2: SEECA15002 TX1: 81.EL415.G28.X01 TX2: 81.EL415.G29.X01 TX1: WAPLB02065 TX2: WAPLB01033 TX1: DC33001K010 /

ANTA0HC08611WLAN1 TX2: DC33001K000 /

ANTA0HC08611WLAN2 UC1WFI0120 UC1WFI0089 C1335-520173-A TX1: CAN4313ZP0744WLA1 TX2: ANTA0ZP07441WLAN2 TX1: ANT0000ZPWLA07821 TX2: ANTAOZP07821WLAN2 TX1: SKCZTWMPB01+A TX2: SKCZTWMPB02+A TX1: SK670WMPB01+A TX2: SK670WMPB02+A TX1: WA P LB 02 082 TX2: WA P LB 01 046 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B23 of B33 Report No.: FR211949-37 SmartApproach PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX SmartApproach PIFA IPEX WNC WNC WNC WNC ACON ACON PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Foxconn PIFA IPEX HONGLIN PIFA IPEX JESS-LINK PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX Foxconn PIFA IPEX HONGLIN PIFA IPEX JESS-LINK PIFA IPEX WNC WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX TX1: -4.42 TX2: -4.71 TX1: 2.92 TX2: 0.06 TX1: -0.04 TX2: 1.10 TX1: -0.90 TX2: -2.06 TX1: -0.20 TX2: -1.54 TX1: 0.26 TX2: -0.65 TX1: 0.01 TX2: -0.36 TX1: 1.84 TX2: 1.05 TX1: 0.17 TX2: -1.20 TX1: -1.68 TX2: -1.49 TX1: 1.31 TX2: 0.03 TX1: -0.73 TX2: -1.82 TX1: -0.31 TX2: -0.18 TX1: -2.19 TX2: -1.87 TX1: 0.89 TX2: -2.14 TX1: -2.4 TX2: 0.07 TX1: -2.87 TX2: 0.17 TX1: -1.30 TX2: -2.11 TX1: SE ECZA0 001 TX2: SE ECZA0 002 TX1: APM8P-700076 TX2: APM8P-700077 TX1: SE-ECWG4-001 TX2: SE-ECWG4-002 TX1: 81.EK515.G64 TX2: 81.EK515.G65 TX1: 81.EK515.G66 TX2: 81.EK515.G67 TX1: 81EAAS15.G13 TX2: 81EAAS15.G14 TX1: 81EAAS15.G09 TX2: 81EAAS15.G10 TX1: APP6P-700917 TX2: APP6P-700918 TX1: APP6P-700915 TX2: APP6P-700916 TX1: DQ6U8600300 TX2: DQ6U8600300 TX1: DQ602353000 TX2: DQ602353000 TX1: DQ613A00001 TX2: DQ613A00001 TX1: DQ6K15G8100 (81EAAK15.G81) TX2: DQ6K15G8100 (81EAAK15.G81) TX1: DQ6U8600500 TX2: DQ6U8600500 TX1: DQ602353100 TX2: DQ602353100 TX1: DQ613A00000 TX2: DQ613A00000 TX1: DQ6K15G8400 (81EAAK15.G84) TX2: DQ6K15G8400 (81EAAK15.G84) TX1: 25.90AJ9.001 (81EAAK15.GAA) TX2: 25.90AJA.001 (81EAAK15.GAB) 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B24 of B33 405 Foxconn PIFA IPEX 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 HONGLIN PIFA IPEX JESS-LINK PIFA IPEX WNC ACON PIFA IPEX -0.30 PIFA IPEX 0.33 Foxconn PIFA IPEX HONGLIN PIFA IPEX JESS-LINK PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX 414 Yageo PIFA IPEX 415 416 417 418 Foxconn PIFA IPEX HONGLIN PIFA IPEX JESS-LINK PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX 419 Yageo PIFA IPEX 420 ACON PIFA IPEX FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE TX1: -0.16 TX2: -2.12 TX1: -2.12 TX2: -2.49 TX1: 0.74 TX2: -0.55 TX1: -2.35 TX2: -4.54 TX1: -1.63 TX2: -3.34 TX1: -0.43 TX2: -0.65 TX1: -0.07 TX2: -1.40 TX1: -1.60 TX2: -2.10 TX1: -4.13 TX2: -2.85 TX1: -1.46 TX2: -1.21 TX1: -0.24 TX2: -0.99 TX1: 1.23 TX2: -0.64 TX1: -0.54 TX2: -1.44 TX1: -1.36 TX2: -1.37 Report No.: FR211949-37 TX1: DQ6U6200100/

WDAN-HQU62001-DH TX2: DQ6U6200100/

WDAN-HQU62001-DH TX1: DQ602349300 TX2: DQ602349300 TX1: DQ612A00014 TX2: DQ612A00014 DQ6K15GBF00 (81EAAK15.GBF) DQ60APP6PA2

/APP6P-701012 TX1: MD201303-3604 TX2: MD201303-3604 TX1: DQ602353300 TX2: DQ602353300 TX1: DQ613A00003 TX2: DQ613A00003 TX1: DQ6K15G8300 (81EAAK15.G83) TX2: DQ6K15G8300 (81EAAK15.G83) TX1: DQ60000HQ00 /

ANT0000HQWLB07862 TX2: DQ60000HQ00 /

ANT0000HQWLB07862 TX1: MD201303-3646 TX2: MD201303-3646 TX1: DQ602353200 TX2: DQ602353200 TX1: DQ613A00004 TX2: DQ613A00004 TX1: DQ6K15G8200 (81EAAK15.G82) TX2: DQ6K15G8200 (81EAAK15.G82) TX1: DQ60000HQ01 /

ANT0000HQWLB07861 TX2: DQ60000HQ01 /

ANT0000HQWLB07861 TX1: APP6P701008 TX2: APP6P701009 Page No.

: B25 of B33 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 Report No.: FR211949-37 Smart Approach PIFA IPEX TX1: -1.16 TX2: 1.90 Foxconn HONGLIN Foxconn HONGLIN WGT WGT WGT Foxconn HONGLIN JESS-LINK WNC Foxconn HONGLIN JESS-LINK WNC TONGDA WNC PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA IPEX 2.45 IPEX 1.13 IPEX 2.72 IPEX 0.69 IPEX IPEX IPEX TX1: 0.76 TX2: 0.46 TX1: 1.32 TX2: 1.86 TX1: -0.03 TX2: -0.13 IPEX TX1: -1.68 IPEX TX1: 1.31 IPEX TX1: -0.73 IPEX TX1: -0.31 IPEX TX1: -2.19 IPEX TX1: 0.89 IPEX TX1: -2.40 IPEX TX1: -2.87 TX1: 0.04 TX2: -1.22 TX1: -0.02 TX2: 2.24 IPEX IPEX Yageo PIFA IPEX TX1: 0.67 TX2: -0.83 Foxconn HONGLIN JESS-LINK WNC Foxconn HONGLIN JESS-LINK WNC PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA IPEX TX1: -4.13 IPEX TX1: -1.46 IPEX TX1: -0.24 IPEX TX1: 1.23 IPEX TX1: -2.35 IPEX TX1: -1.63 IPEX TX1: -0.43 IPEX TX1: -0.07 TX1: SE-ECZT1-003 TX2: SE-ECZT1-004 79011DH00-600-G 79011DN00-H0B-G 79011DK00-600-G 79011DP00-H0B-G TX1: SK94SWMPB01+B TX2: SK94SWMPB01+B TX1: SK94TWMPB01+B TX2: SK94TWMPB01+B TX1: SK50SWMPB01+A TX2: SK50SWMPB02+A DQ6U86N0800 DQ602356400 DQ613A00016 DQ6K15GBW00 (81EAAK15.GBW) DQ6U86T0700 DQ602356500 DQ613A00015 DQ6K15GBX00 (81EAAK15.GBX) TX1: DC33001H800 / T-543-9001008-1 TX2: DC33001H810 / T-543-9001008-2 TX1: DC33001H900 / 81EAAK15.GCC TX2: DC33001H910 / 81EAAK15.GCD TX1: DC33001HB00 /

ANTA0HC08231WLAN1 TX2: DC33001HB10 /

ANTA0HC08231WLAN2 DQ6U83T0500 DQ602356200 DQ613A00018 DQ6K15GBY00 (81EAAK15.GBY) DQ6U83N0600 DQ602356300 DQ613A00017 DQ6K15GBZ00 (81EAAK15.GBZ) Page No.

: B26 of B33 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Report No.: FR211949-37 WNC PIFA IPEX ZYE JEM JEM JEM JEM ACON ACON WNC WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX Foxconn PIFA IPEX WGT PIFA IPEX TONGDA PIFA IPEX Smart WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX JESS-LINK PIFA IPEX Yageo PIFA IPEX TX1: 0.36 TX2: 0.98 TX1: -1.52 TX2: -1.32 TX1: 2.64 TX2: -0.19 TX1: 2.03 TX2: -1.19 TX1: 1.05 TX2: -1.60 TX1: 2.57 TX2: 1.55 TX1: 0.17 TX2: -1.20 TX1: 1.84 TX2: 1.05 TX1: 0.01 TX2: -0.36 TX1: 0.26 TX2: -0.65 TX1: -4.13 TX2: -2.85 TX1: 1.32 TX2: 1.86 TX1: 2.63 TX2: 0.72 TX1: 1.25 TX2: 1.66 TX1: -0.36 TX2: -0.55 TX1: -0.36 TX2: -0.73 TX1: 1.31 TX2: 1.26 TX1: DQ6G15G5600 TX2: DQ6G15G5500 TX1: DQ60QTLI202 TX2: DQ60QTLI203 TX1: IA-130096 TX2: IA-130096 TX1: IA-130173 TX2: IA-130173 TX1: IA-130313 TX2: IA-130313 TX1: IA-130314 TX2: IA-130314 TX1: APP6Y-700000 TX2: APP6Y-700001 TX1: APP6Y-700002 TX2: APP6Y-700003 TX1: 81EAAS15.G19 TX2: 81EAAS15.G20 TX1: 81EAAS15.G17 TX2: 81EAAS15.G18 TX1: DQ608300300 TX2: DQ608300300 TX1: SK94TWMPB01+D TX2: SK94TWMPB01+D TX1: T-543-9021009-1 TX2: T-543-9021009-2 TX1: SE-ECAA0-001 TX2: SE-ECAA0-002 TX1: 81EAAK15.GBV TX2: 81EAAK15.GBV TX1: DQ613A00014 TX2: DQ613A00014 TX1: DQ600827200/

ANTA0HQ08272WLWL1 TX2: DQ600827200/

ANTA0HQ08272WLWL1 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B27 of B33 465 466 467 468 469 470 WNC Yageo WNC Yageo PIFA IPEX -1.29 PIFA IPEX -2.88 PIFA IPEX -1.09 PIFA IPEX -2.96 Foxconn PIFA IPEX TX1: 2.27 TX2: 1.14 Yageo PIFA IPEX TX1: 1.06 471 Foxconn PIFA IPEX TX1: -0.57 TX2: -0.97 472 Foxconn PIFA IPEX TX1: -0.07 473 Foxconn PIFA IPEX TX1: 0.30 TX2: -0.18 474 Foxconn PIFA IPEX TX1: 2.25 475 Foxconn PIFA IPEX TX1: 0.48 TX2: -0.69 476 477 Foxconn PIFA IPEX TX1: -0.89 Foxconn PIFA IPEX TX1: 2.34 478 Foxconn PIFA IPEX TX1: 1.44 TX2: 1.04 479 Foxconn PIFA IPEX TX1: -0.93 Report No.: FR211949-37 81EAAK15.GCV DC33001IM00 /

ANTA0HC08341WLAN3 81EAAK15.GCV DC33001IM00/

ANTA0HC08341WLAN3 TX1: 79011HU00-600-G TX2: 79011HU00-600-G TX1: DQ600856200/

ANTA0HQ08562WLGP4 TX1: DQ6V5NS3300

(WDAN-HQV5NS33-DH) TX2: DQ6V5NS3300

(WDAN-HQV5NS33-DH) TX1: DQ6V5NS3100

(WDAN-HQV5NS31-DH) TX1: DQ6V5TS3300

(WDAN-HQV5TS33-DH) TX2: DQ6V5TS3300

(WDAN-HQV5TS33-DH) TX1: DQ6V5TS3100

(WDAN-HQV5TS31-DH) TX1: DQ6V7NS3300

(WDAN-HQV7NS33-DH) TX2: DQ6V7NS3300

(WDAN-HQV7NS33-DH) TX1: DQ6V7NS3100

(WDAN-HQV7NS31-DH) TX1: DQ6V7TS3100

(WDAN-HQV7TS31-DH) TX1: DQ6V4NS3300

(WDAN-HQV4NS33-DH) TX2: DQ6V4NS3300

(WDAN-HQV4NS33-DH) TX1: DQ6V4NS3100

(WDAN-HQV4NS31-DH) FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B28 of B33 480 Foxconn PIFA IPEX TX1: 1.25 TX2: 3.36 481 Foxconn PIFA IPEX TX1: 2.39 482 Foxconn PIFA IPEX 483 JESS-LINK PIFA IPEX TX1: -0.52 TX2: 2.89 TX1: -0.97 TX2: -1.03 484 JESS-LINK PIFA IPEX TX1: -0.03 485 JESS-LINK PIFA IPEX TX1: -1.46 TX2: -0.43 486 JESS-LINK PIFA IPEX TX1: 0.29 487 JESS-LINK PIFA IPEX TX1: -0.40 TX2: 0.40 488 489 490 491 JESS-LINK PIFA IPEX TX1: 0.93 TONGDA PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX Yageo PIFA IPEX TX1: 0.04 TX2: -1.22 TX1: -0.02 TX2: 2.24 TX1: 0.67 TX2: -0.83 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Report No.: FR211949-37 TX1: DQ6V4TS3300

(WDAN-HQV4TS33-DH) TX2: DQ6V4TS3300

(WDAN-HQV4TS33-DH) TX1: DQ6V4TS3100

(WDAN-HQV4TS31-DH) TX1: DQ6V7TS3300

(WDAN-HQV7TS33-DH) TX2: DQ6V7TS3300

(WDAN-HQV7TS33-DH) TX1: DQ613A00032

(PANT13A00008-6) TX2: DQ613A00032

(PANT13A00008-6) TX1: DQ613A00033

(PANT13A00007-9) TX1: DQ613A00024

(PANT13A00008-8) TX2: DQ613A00024

(PANT13A00008-8) TX1: DQ613A00025

(PANT13A00008-2) TX1: DQ613A00028

(PANT13A00008-4) TX2: DQ613A00028

(PANT13A00008-4) TX1: DQ613A00029

(PANT13A00007-7) TX1: DC33001H800 / T-543-9001008-1 TX2: DC33001H810 / T-543-9001008-2 TX1: DC33001H900 / 81EAAK15.GCC TX2: DC33001H910 / 81EAAK15.GCD TX1: DC33001HB00 /

ANTA0HC08231WLAN1 TX2: DC33001HB10 /

ANTA0HC08231WLAN2 Page No.

: B29 of B33 ACON WNC PIFA PIFA Smart Approach PIFA TONGDA WNC SIMYA SIMYA SIMYA SIMYA SIMYA SIMYA SIMYA SIMYA SIMYA SIMYA SIMYA ACON Smart Approach SIMYA WGT WNC WNC WNC PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX TX1: -1.36 TX2: -1.53 TX1: -0.75 TX2: 1.05 TX1: 0.93 TX2: -0.55 TX1: 0.74 TX2: -0.07 TX1: 0.39 TX2: 0.27 TX1: 1.30 TX2: -0.65 IPEX TX1: 0.72 TX1: -1.82 TX2: 1.86 IPEX TX1: 1.27 TX1: 2.23 TX2: 1.38 IPEX TX1: 0.18 IPEX TX1: 2.23 TX1: 0.04 TX2: 0.38 IPEX TX1: 1.60 TX1: -0.79 TX2: 1.62 IPEX TX1: 2.20 IPEX TX1: 0.51 IPEX TX1: -0.55 TX1: 2.23 TX2: 1.38 TX1: -0.93 TX2: -0.36 IPEX TX1: 0.83 TX1: -0.14 TX2: -0.24 IPEX TX1: -0.67 IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX Report No.: FR211949-37 TX1: 6036B0110902 (APP8P-700479 ) TX2: 6036B0111002 (APP8P-700480 ) TX1: 6036B0110901 (81EAAK15.G66) TX2: 6036B0111001 (81EAAK15.G67) TX1: DC33001HF00/ SE-ECS41-001 TX2: DC33001HF10/ SE-ECS41-002 TX1: DC33001HE00 / T-543-9001007-1 TX2: DC33001HE10 / T-543-9001007-2 TX1: DC33001HD00/ 81EAAK15.GCA TX2: DC33001HD10/ 81EAAK15.GCB TX1: DQ601001400 TX2: DQ601001400 TX1: DQ601001500 TX1: DQ601001200 TX2: DQ601001200 TX1: DQ601001300 TX1: DQ601001800 TX2: DQ601001800 TX1: DQ601001900 TX1: DQ601001700 TX1: DQ601001000 TX2: DQ601001000 TX1: DQ601001100 TX1: DQ601000800 TX2: DQ601000800 TX1: DQ601000900 TX1: 6036B0121903 (APP6P-701022) TX1: 6036B0121901 (SE-EISW4-001) TX1: DQ601001600 TX2: DQ601001600 TX1: SK970WIPB01+A TX2: SK970WIPB02+A TX1: DQ6R15G5400 (81EAAR15.G54) TX1: DQ6R15G1100 (81EAAR15.G11) TX2: DQ6R15G1100 (81EAAR15.G11) TX1: DQ6R15G1200 (81EAAR15.G12) Page No.

: B30 of B33 WNC WNC WNC WNC WNC WNC WNC WNC WNC WNC WNC WINIZEN ACON YAGEO 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX TX1: -0.23 TX2: 0.96 IPEX TX1: 1.22 TX1: 1.29 TX2: 1.99 IPEX TX1: 1.52 TX1: -0.91 TX2: 1.99 IPEX TX1: 2.45 TX1: 0.80 TX2: 0.01 IPEX TX1: 2.33 TX1: 0.46 TX2: 2.13 IPEX TX1: 2.59 TX1: -0.76 TX2: -0.99 IPEX TX1: 2.709 TX1: -0.63 TX2: -1.61 TX1: -2.08 TX2: 0.67 IPEX IPEX IPEX IPEX 529 HuiZhou Speed Wireless PIFA IPEX 530 531 532 533 534 Wanshih PIFA IPEX WGT PIFA IPEX High-Tek PIFA IPEX WGT WGT PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX TX1: -0.01 TX2: -0.73 TX1: 2.99 TX2: 3.46 TX1: -0.49 TX2: -1.48 TX1: 1.07 TX2: 1.8 TX1: 1.35 TX2: 2.45 TX1: 1.67 TX2: -0.1 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Report No.: FR211949-37 TX1: DQ6R15G1300 (81EAAR15.G13) TX2: DQ6R15G1300 (81EAAR15.G13) TX1: DQ6R15G1400 (81EAAR15.G14) TX1: DQ6R15G1500 (81EAAR15.G15) TX2: DQ6R15G1500 (81EAAR15.G15) TX1: DQ6R15G1600 (81EAAR15.G16) TX1: DQ6R15G1700 (81EAAR15.G17) TX2: DQ6R15G1700 (81EAAR15.G17) TX1: DQ6R15G1800 (81EAAR15.G18) TX1: DQ6R15G5600 (81EAAR15.G56) TX2: DQ6R15G5600 (81EAAR15.G56) TX1: DQ6R15G5700 (81EAAR15.G57) TX1: DQ6R15G0900 (81EAAR15.G09) TX2: DQ6R15G0900 (81EAAR15.G09) TX1: DQ6R15G1000 (81EAAR15.G10) TX1: DC33001K110 (81EAAR15.G25) TX2: DC33001K100 (81EAAR15.G26) TX1: W13-B07 TX1: DC33001JT10 / APP6P-701096 TX2: DC33001JT00 /APP6P-701097 TX1: CAN4313748012501B TX3: CAN4313907022501B TX1: DC33001KM10 /

F.0G.FP-6001-002 TX2: DC33001KM00 /

F.0G.FP-6001-001 TX1: UC7WFI0001 A03 TX2: UC7WFI0002 A02 TX1: SK210WIPB03+A TX2: SK210WIPB03+A TX1: 0ACCL014001N TX2: 0ACCL014001N TX1: SK510WIPB01+C TX2: SK510WIPB01+C TX1: 0ACCLE14001N TX2: 0ACCLE14001N Page No.

: B31 of B33 WNC PIFA IPEX Yageo PIFA IPEX HONGLIN PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX HONGLIN PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX Smart Approach PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX SA WNC PIFA IPEX PIFA IPEX 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 ADVANCED-CONNECTEK PIFA IPEX 547 HuiZhou Speed Wire PIFA IPEX 548 549 Yageo PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE TX1: 0.92 TX2: 0.83 TX1: -2.61 TX2: -2.06 TX1: -0.18 TX2: -0.68 TX1: 2.01 TX2: 1.44 TX1: -0.13 TX2: -1.02 TX1: 1.14 TX2: 1.45 TX1: -0.20 TX2: -1.68 TX1: -2.27 TX2: -0.21 TX1: -1.73 TX2: -2.91 TX1: -0.58 TX2: 0.94 TX1: -1.50 TX2: -0.48 TX1: 0.29 TX2: -0.59 TX1: 0.78 TX2: 0.81 TX1: -1.19 TX2: 0.30 TX1: 0.61 TX2: 1.16 Report No.: FR211949-37 TX1: DQ6R15G7300 (81EAAR15.G73) TX2: DQ6R15G7300 (81EAAR15.G73) TX1: DC33001JW10

/ANTA0HC08581WLAN3 TX2: DC33001JW00

/ANTA0HC08581WLAN4 TX1: 260-23495 TX2: 260-23494 TX1: 81.EEW15.GDA TX2: 81.EEW15.GDB TX1: 260-23497 TX2: 260-23496 TX1: 81.EEW15.GDC TX2: 81.EEW15.GDD TX1: 6036B0121903 (APP6P-701022) TX2: 6036B0121803 (APP6P-701023) TX1: 6036B0121901 (SE-EISW4-001) TX2: 6036B0121801 (SE-EISW4-002) TX1: 6036B0123701 (APP6P-701061) TX2: 6036B0123601 (APP6P-701062) TX1: 6036B0123703 (SE-EISW5-001) TX2: 6036B0123603 (SE-EISW5-002) TX1: DC33001K310 (81EAAR15.G37) TX2: DC33001K300 (81EAAR15.G38) TX1: DC33001JV10/ APP6P-701104 TX2: DC33001JV00/ APP6P-701105 TX1: DC33001KO10 /

F.0G.FP-6003-002 TX2: DC33001KO00 /

F.0G.FP-6003-001 TX1: DC33001JZ10

/ANTA0HC08601WLAN3 TX2: DC33001JZ00

/ANTA0HC08601WLAN4 TX1: DC33001JU10 / APP6P-701100 TX2: DC33001JU00 / APP6P-701101 Page No.

: B32 of B33 Report No.: FR211949-37 550 HuiZhou Speed Wireless PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX Yageo PIFA IPEX WNC PIFA IPEX ACON PIFA IPEX 551 552 553 554 TX1: -2.47 TX2: -1.82 TX1: 1.09 TX2: -0.01 TX1: -0.35 TX2: -2.07 TX1: -0.95 TX2: 0.46 TX1: -1.04 TX2: 1.45 TX1: DC33001KN10 /

F.0G.FP-6002-002 TX2: DC33001KN00 /

F.0G.FP-6002-001 TX1: DC33001K210 (81EAAR15.G31) TX2: DC33001K200 (81EAAR15.G32) TX1: DC33001JY10 /

ANTA0HC08591WLAN3 TX2: DC33001JY00 /

ANTA0HC08591WLAN4 TX1: DC33001K410 (81EAAR15.G41) TX2: DC33001K400 (81EAAR15.G42) TX1: DC33001JX10 / APP6P-701106 TX2: DC33001JX00 / APP6P-701107 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Page No.

: B33 of B33

Realtek Semiconductor Corp. No. 2,Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300,Taiwan Tel: 03-5780211 ext. 3164 / Fax: 03-5776598 Class II Change Letter Date: 2014/10/24 FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oaklamd Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 U.S.A. To whom it may concern, Request for Class II Permissive Change FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE / Grant Date: 06/25/2014 Pursuant to CFR 2.1043, Realtek Semiconductor Corp. hereby requests a Class II Permissive Change. The model name shall be same as before. Modification:

This product is an extension of original report under Sporton project number: 211949-29 There are 3 configurations of the original EUT. For this project, only Fixed and Single type with PCI-E were modified:

Change the antenna connector routing to switch Main port (Chain 1) with Aux port (Chain 2). There is no change in existing RF relevant portion. Sincerely, Applicants company name

: Realtek Semiconductor Corp. Applicants company address

:

No. 2,Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300,Taiwan Signature

:

Name and Job Title

: Dana Liaw / Project Manager E-Mail Tel.

: danaliaw@realtek.com

: 03-5780211 ext. 3164

Realtek Semiconductor Corp. No. 2,Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300,Taiwan Tel: 03-5780211 ext. 3164 / Fax: 03-5776598 Confidential Letter Date: 2014/10/24 Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology Equipment Authorization Division 7345 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, Maryland 21046 Subject: Confidentiality Request for FCC IDTX2-RTL8188EE Gentlemen:

The form 731 and application have been electronically submitted and any attachments will be up loaded to your web site to be used in obtaining a grant of certification. Short-term Pursuant to DA 04-1705 of the Commissions pubic notice, we request short-term confidential treatment for the following information until 180 days after the Grant Date of Equipment Authorization in order to ensure sensitive business information remains confidential until the actual marketing of the device:

1. External Photos 2. Internal Photos 3. Test Setup photos Permanent Realtek Semiconductor Corp. requests that the material in the following files be withheld from public disclosure in accordance with Section 0.457 of the Commissions Rules, 47 C.F.R. 0.459, following grant of the application. 1. Circuit Diagram Should you require any further information, please contact the undersigned. Thank you for your consideration in this matter. Sincerely, Applicants company name

: Realtek Semiconductor Corp. Applicants company address

:

No. 2,Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300,Taiwan Signature

:

Name and Job Title

: Dana Liaw / Project Manager E-Mail Tel.

: danaliaw@realtek.com

: 03-5780211 ext. 3164

Realtek Semiconductor Corp. No. 2,Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300,Taiwan Tel: 03-5780211 ext. 3164 / Fax: 03-5776598 DoC Attestation Letter Date: 2014/10/24 We Realtek Semiconductor Corp., as the grantee of this project (FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE / Brand Name:

Realtek / Model No.: RTL8188EE), would like to declare that the composite portion categorized as computer peripheral has been authorized under the Declaration of Conformity procedures (Sporton report No.: FD211949-37, FCC Test Firm Registration No.: 187376). The final product shall consequently comply with the FCC rule applied for DoC Procedure. FCC Grantee contact person information. Applicants company name

: Realtek Semiconductor Corp. Applicants company address

:

No. 2,Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300,Taiwan Signature

:

Name and Job Title

: Dana Liaw / Project Manager E-Mail Tel.

: danaliaw@realtek.com

: 03-5780211 ext. 3164

Realtek Semiconductor Corp. No. 2,Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300,Taiwan Tel: 03-5780211 ext. 3164 / Fax: 03-5776598 Power of Attorney Date: 2014/10/24 Dear Sir, I hereby have entrusted the following person to be a proxy regarding application for Type Certification. Sporton International Inc. Address Name Job Title e-mail

: No.8, Lane 724, Bo-ai St., Jhubei City, HsinChu County 302, Taiwan, R.O.C.

: Leo Huang

: Manager

: Leohuang@sporton.com.tw I am therefore responsible for the contents of the application. Brand name and model type of the specified radio equipment: Realtek / RTL8188EE FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Product name: 802.11b/g/n RTL8188EE NGFFCard FCC Grantee contact person information. Applicants company name

: Realtek Semiconductor Corp. Applicants company address

:

No. 2,Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300,Taiwan Signature

:

Name and Job Title

: Dana Liaw / Project Manager E-Mail Tel.

: danaliaw@realtek.com

: 03-5780211 ext. 3164

Realtek Semiconductor Corp. No. 2,Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300,Taiwan Tel: 886-3-5780211 / Fax: 886-3-5776598 Class II Change Letter Date: 2014/5/20 FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oaklamd Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 U.S.A. To whom it may concern, Request for Class II Permissive Change FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE / Grant Date: 04/26/2012 Pursuant to CFR 2.1043, Realtek Semiconductor Corp. hereby requests a Class II Permissive Change. The model name shall be same as before. Modification:

This product is an extension of original report under Sporton project number: 211949 It adds 3 NGFF main source type configurations for the device. Below is the table for the difference of the product with respect to the original one. Application type Configuration Type Antenna Chain Antenna Variety Power Type Type of Antenna Original New 1 2 3 1 2 3 HMC 2 chains Diversity HMC 2 chains Fixed HMC 1 chain Single NGFF 2 chains Diversity NGFF 2 chains Fixed NGFF 1 chain Single PCI-E USB PCI-E USB PCI-E USB PCI-E PCI-E USB PCI-E USB PIFA antennas Dipole antennas PIFA antennas There is no change in existing RF relevant portion. Note: The registered grantee contact is not available, Judy Hsu is signing for grantee contact. He/She can Page No.

: 3 be reached at email: judy_hsu@realtek.com. Page No.

: 4 Sincerely, Applicants company name

: Realtek Semiconductor Corp. Applicants company address

:

No. 2,Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300,Taiwan Signature

:

Signed for Dana Liaw Name and Job Title

: Dana Liaw / Project Manager E-Mail Tel.

: danaliaw@realtek.com

: 886-3-5780211 Page No.

: 5

Realtek Semiconductor Corp. No. 2, Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300, Taiwan Tel: 886-3-5780211 ; Fax: 886-3-5776598 Date: January 13, 2014 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division RE

: Certification Application FCC ID

: TX2-RTL8188EE To Whom It May Concern, Pursuant to sections 0.457 and 0.459 of CFR 47 and to avoid premature release of sensitive information prior to marketing or release of the product to the public, the applicant requests the following documents contained in this certification application be temporarily withheld from public disclosure for an initial period of 180 days:

External Photos Internal Photos Test Setup Photos User Manual The application contains technical information, which the applicant deems to be trade secrets and proprietary. If made public, the information might be used to the disadvantage of the applicant in the market place. Sincerely, Dana Liaw danaliaw@realtek.com 1/1

Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Equipment Authorization Branch 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, Maryland 21046 Date: March 27, 2013 Re: Realtek Semiconductor Corp., Request for Confidentiality FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE To whom it may concern, Permanent confidentiality request Pursuant to the provisions of 47 CFR Section 0.457(d) and 0.459, and Section 552(b)(4) of the Freedom of Information Act., we are requesting the Commission to withhold the following exhibits as confidential documents from public disclosure indefinitely:

BIOS Lock logic.pdf Operational Description Block Diagram Circuit Diagram Above mentioned documents contain detailed system/equipment descriptions and related information about the product in which Realtek Semiconductor Corp. and Lenovo (Beijing) Ltd. consider being proprietary, confidential and a custom design and, otherwise, would not release to the general public. The public disclosure of above documents might be harmful to our companies and would give competitors an unfair advantage in the market. 45 days short term confidentiality request Furthermore, pursuant to Public Notice DA 04-1705 in order to comply with the marketing regulations in 47 CFR 2.803 and the importation rules in 47 CFR 2.1204, Realtek Semiconductor Corp. and Lenovo (Beijing) Ltd. request the following exhibits be withheld from public viewing for a short term limited time of 45 days from the date of the Grant of Equipment Authorization, due to the sensitive business information. The subjected exhibits are:

Host Information.doc Users Guide.pdf Regulatory Notice.pdf Antenna specification External Photos Internal Photos It is our understanding that all measurement test reports, FCC ID label format and correspondence during certification review process cannot be granted as confidential documents and those information will be available for public review once the grant of equipment authorization is issued. Note: The registered grantee contact is not available, Judy Hsu is signing for grantee contact. He/She can be reached at email: judy_hsu@realtek.com. Sincerely, Applicants company name Applicants company address

: Realtek Semiconductor Corp.

: No. 2,Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300,Taiwan Signature

:

_________________________ Signed for Ricky Lee Job Title and Dept. E-Mail Tel.

: Ricky Lee / Assistant Project Manager

:

: 03-5780211 rickylee@realtek.com.tw

Antenna List Page No.: 1 of 2 Table for Filed Antenna Brand WNC ZYE WNC Jess-Link WNC YAGEO Ant. Type PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA PIFA Peak Gain Con. Type

(dBi) IPEX TX1: -0.58 TX2: -1.48 IPEX TX1: -0.70 TX2: -1.20 IPEX TX1: 0.18 TX2: 0.60 IPEX TX1: 1.89 TX2: 1.56 IPEX TX1: 1.15 TX2: 0.59 IPEX TX1: 0.59 TX2: 0.90 Model No. TX1: DQ6G15G5800 TX2: DG6G15G5700 TX1: DQ60QTLI200 TX2: DQ60QTLI201 TX1: 81.EKG15.G38 TX2: 81.EKG15.G37 TX1: PANT11A00008-1 TX2: PANT11A00009-1 TX1: 81.EKG15.G30 TX2: 81.EKG15.G29 TX1: CAN4313LC0613WLA3 TX2: CAN4313LC0613WLA4 No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Page No.: 2 of 2

Realtek Semiconductor Corp. No. 2, Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300, Taiwan Tel: 886-3-5780211 ; Fax: 886-3-5776598 Date: May 18, 2012 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division RE

: Certification Application FCC ID : TX2-RTL8188EE To Whom It May Concern, Pursuant to sections 0.457 and 0.459 of CFR 47 and to avoid premature release of sensitive information prior to marketing or release of the product to the public, the applicant requests the following documents contained in this certification application be temporarily withheld from public disclosure for an initial period of 180 days:

External Photos (file: RTL8188EE_ExtPho.pdf) Internal Photos (file: RTL8188CE_IntPho.pdf) Test Setup Photos (file: RTL8188EE_Tsup.pdf) The application contains technical information, which Realtek Semiconductor Corp. deems to be trade secrets and proprietary. If made public, the information might be used to the disadvantage of the applicant in the market place. Sincerely, Signed for Ricky Lee Contact Person: Judy Hsu TEL: 886-3-5780211 FAX: 886-3-5776598 E-mail: judy_hsu@realtek.com.tw 1/1

Realtek Semiconductor Corp. No. 2, Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300, Taiwan Tel: 886-3-5780211 #3835 Fax: 886-3-5776598 Ad Hoc Mode Function Declaration Date: 2012/2/2 FCC IDTX2-RTL8188EE To Whom it may concern, We, the undersigned, declare that the EUT (Model Name: RTL8188EE) doesnt have Ad Hoc function on non-US/Canada frequencies. Regards, Note: The registered grantee contact is not available, Judy Hsu is signing for grantee contact. He can be reached at email: judy_hsu@realtek.com.tw. FCC Grantee contact person information. Applicants company name : Realtek Semiconductor Corp. Applicants company address Signature

:

:

No. 2, Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300, Taiwan Job Title and Dept.

: Ricky Lee / Assistant Project Manager Signed for Ricky Lee E-Mail Tel.

:

rickylee@realtek.com

: 886-3-5780211 #3835

Module Approval Request Letter Subject: Module Approval Date: 2012/2/2 FCC ID: TX2-RTL8188EE Dear Reviewer, We, Sporton International Inc., are authorized by Realtek Semiconductor Corp. to have their state-of-the-art 802.11b/g/n RTL8188EE miniCard approved under full module approval authorization. The application of this module is specified to mobile host equipment. The requirements regulated in Public Notice DA00-1407 have been fulfilled and clearly explained below. 1. The requirement of RF shielding: The shielding of the radio portion can be demonstrated in exhibition External Photo. The requirement of buffered inputs: Buffered data inputs stage has been integrated in chip RTL8188EE. The requirement of power supply regulation: Power supply regulation has been integrated in chip RTL8188EE. The requirements of section 15.203 and 15.204(C):

Modular transmitter is equipped with IPEX connector that is defined as unique. Please reference the exhibition Test Report. 2. 3. 4. 5. Modular transmitter is mounted on carrier board that allows setup of test modes for stand-alone test 6. 7. 8. configuration. Please reference exhibition Test Configuration Photo for the stand-alone test configuration. The requirement of labeling: The instruction on the labeling rule of the end product has been stated in the users manual of this module. Please also see the exhibition Label Sample. The requirement of compliance on specific rule or operating requirements: The required FCC rule has been fulfilled and all the instructions for maintaining compliance has been clearly stated in the Users Manual. The requirement of RF exposure: Please refer exhibition RF Exposure for the compliance of MPE RF exposure rule. Please do not hesitate to contact me for any questions of this request letter. Thank you. Company name

: Sporton International Inc. Company Address

:

No.8, Lane 724, Bo-ai St., Jhubei City, Hsinchu County 302, Taiwan, R.O.C.

:

: Leo Huang

: Manager Signature Name Job Title Page No.

: 20